changeset 821 | 5450c885c205 |
parent 400 | 675bae2e4833 |
child 1637 | 54bd5ac8db85 |
820:60113d90e478 | 821:5450c885c205 |
---|---|
1 --- mercurial-1.8.2/doc/hg.1 Fri Apr 1 10:42:06 2011 |
1 rst2man does a poor job of creating man pages that can be read on Solaris. |
2 +++ mercurial-1.8.2/doc/hg.1 Fri Apr 1 11:18:00 2011 |
2 Some of the changes in this patch make the Solaris *roff tools do the right |
3 thing: |
|
4 |
|
5 - Getting rid of the rst2man header before the SYNOPSIS |
|
6 |
|
7 - Changing "\(aq" to "'", and making sure that single quotes don't start |
|
8 a line (at least in a couple of places where it's not safe) |
|
9 |
|
10 - Changing ".ft C" and ".ft P" to simply ".ft" |
|
11 |
|
12 - Removing "\%" and "\:" |
|
13 |
|
14 Groff also makes hash of an .IP terminated by .RE (the .RE sends the |
|
15 following paragraphs all the way to the left margin, rather than simply |
|
16 terminating the indented paragraph). It needs a preceding .RS to do the |
|
17 right thing, and .RS 0 seems to give the best effect. Probably most |
|
18 .INDENT/.UNINDENT pairs should be converted to .RS/.RE, too. |
|
19 |
|
20 We also get rid of references to other operating systems, since there |
|
21 aren't many, and they may confuse the reader. |
|
22 |
|
23 --- mercurial-2.2.1/doc/hg.1 Thu May 3 14:06:34 2012 |
|
24 +++ mercurial-2.2.1/doc/hg.1 Sat May 12 17:39:08 2012 |
|
3 @@ -1,35 +1,9 @@ |
25 @@ -1,35 +1,9 @@ |
4 +'\" t |
26 +'\" t |
5 .\" Man page generated from reStructeredText. |
27 .\" Man page generated from reStructeredText. |
6 . |
28 . |
7 .TH HG 1 "" "" "Mercurial Manual" |
29 .TH HG 1 "" "" "Mercurial Manual" |
44 -\%File Name Patterns\: for information on pattern matching |
66 -\%File Name Patterns\: for information on pattern matching |
45 +File Name Patterns for information on pattern matching |
67 +File Name Patterns for information on pattern matching |
46 .TP |
68 .TP |
47 .B path |
69 .B path |
48 . |
70 . |
49 @@ -73,7 +47,7 @@ |
|
50 .TP |
|
51 .B \-y, \-\-noninteractive |
|
52 . |
|
53 -do not prompt, assume \(aqyes\(aq for any required answers |
|
54 +do not prompt, assume 'yes' for any required answers |
|
55 .TP |
|
56 .B \-q, \-\-quiet |
|
57 . |
|
58 @@ -85,7 +59,7 @@ |
71 @@ -85,7 +59,7 @@ |
59 .TP |
72 .TP |
60 .B \-\-config |
73 .B \-\-config |
61 . |
74 . |
62 -set/override config option (use \(aqsection.name=value\(aq) |
75 -set/override config option (use \(aqsection.name=value\(aq) |
144 -don\(aqt follow copies and renames |
157 -don\(aqt follow copies and renames |
145 +don't follow copies and renames |
158 +don't follow copies and renames |
146 .TP |
159 .TP |
147 .B \-a, \-\-text |
160 .B \-a, \-\-text |
148 . |
161 . |
149 @@ -298,9 +272,9 @@ |
162 @@ -310,9 +284,9 @@ |
150 .SS archive |
163 .SS archive |
151 .sp |
164 .sp |
152 .nf |
165 .nf |
153 -.ft C |
166 -.ft C |
154 +.ft |
167 +.ft |
156 -.ft P |
169 -.ft P |
157 +.ft |
170 +.ft |
158 .fi |
171 .fi |
159 .sp |
172 .sp |
160 By default, the revision used is the parent of the working |
173 By default, the revision used is the parent of the working |
161 @@ -338,7 +312,7 @@ |
174 @@ -328,9 +302,9 @@ |
175 create a zip file containing the 1.0 release: |
|
176 .sp |
|
177 .nf |
|
178 -.ft C |
|
179 +.ft |
|
180 hg archive \-r 1.0 project\-1.0.zip |
|
181 -.ft P |
|
182 +.ft |
|
183 .fi |
|
184 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
185 . |
|
186 @@ -337,9 +311,9 @@ |
|
187 create a tarball excluding .hg files: |
|
188 .sp |
|
189 .nf |
|
190 -.ft C |
|
191 +.ft |
|
192 hg archive project.tar.gz \-X ".hg*" |
|
193 -.ft P |
|
194 +.ft |
|
195 .fi |
|
196 .UNINDENT |
|
197 .sp |
|
198 @@ -372,7 +346,7 @@ |
|
162 .UNINDENT |
199 .UNINDENT |
163 .sp |
200 .sp |
164 The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given |
201 The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given |
165 -using a format string; see \%\fBhg help export\fP\: for details. |
202 -using a format string; see \%\fBhg help export\fP\: for details. |
166 +using a format string; see \fBhg help export\fP for details. |
203 +using a format string; see \fBhg help export\fP for details. |
167 .sp |
204 .sp |
168 Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix |
205 Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix |
169 prepended. Use \-p/\-\-prefix to specify a format string for the |
206 prepended. Use \-p/\-\-prefix to specify a format string for the |
170 @@ -381,9 +355,9 @@ |
207 @@ -415,9 +389,9 @@ |
171 .SS backout |
208 .SS backout |
172 .sp |
209 .sp |
173 .nf |
210 .nf |
174 -.ft C |
211 -.ft C |
175 +.ft |
212 +.ft |
177 -.ft P |
214 -.ft P |
178 +.ft |
215 +.ft |
179 .fi |
216 .fi |
180 .sp |
217 .sp |
181 Prepare a new changeset with the effect of REV undone in the |
218 Prepare a new changeset with the effect of REV undone in the |
182 @@ -399,11 +373,11 @@ |
219 @@ -426,6 +400,7 @@ |
183 directory and a new child of REV that simply undoes REV. |
220 If REV is the parent of the working directory, then this new changeset |
184 .sp |
221 is committed automatically. Otherwise, hg needs to merge the |
185 Before version 1.7, the behavior without \-\-merge was equivalent to |
222 changes and the merged result is left uncommitted. |
186 -specifying \-\-merge followed by \%\fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP\: to cancel |
223 +.RS 0 |
187 +specifying \-\-merge followed by \fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP to cancel |
224 .IP Note |
188 the merge and leave the child of REV as a head to be merged |
225 . |
189 separately. |
226 backout cannot be used to fix either an unwanted or |
227 @@ -438,11 +413,11 @@ |
|
228 working directory and a new child of REV that simply undoes REV. |
|
229 .sp |
|
230 Before version 1.7, the behavior without \-\-merge was equivalent |
|
231 -to specifying \-\-merge followed by \%\fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP\: to |
|
232 +to specifying \-\-merge followed by \fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP to |
|
233 cancel the merge and leave the child of REV as a head to be |
|
234 merged separately. |
|
190 .sp |
235 .sp |
191 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
236 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
192 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
237 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
193 .sp |
238 .sp |
194 Returns 0 on success. |
239 Returns 0 on success. |
195 .sp |
240 .sp |
196 @@ -453,9 +427,9 @@ |
241 @@ -492,9 +467,9 @@ |
197 .SS bisect |
242 .SS bisect |
198 .sp |
243 .sp |
199 .nf |
244 .nf |
200 -.ft C |
245 -.ft C |
201 +.ft |
246 +.ft |
203 -.ft P |
248 -.ft P |
204 +.ft |
249 +.ft |
205 .fi |
250 .fi |
206 .sp |
251 .sp |
207 This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To |
252 This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To |
208 @@ -508,23 +482,23 @@ |
253 @@ -522,10 +497,10 @@ |
254 start a bisection with known bad revision 12, and good revision 34: |
|
255 .sp |
|
256 .nf |
|
257 -.ft C |
|
258 +.ft |
|
259 hg bisect \-\-bad 34 |
|
260 hg bisect \-\-good 12 |
|
261 -.ft P |
|
262 +.ft |
|
263 .fi |
|
264 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
265 . |
|
266 @@ -533,10 +508,10 @@ |
|
267 bad: |
|
268 .sp |
|
269 .nf |
|
270 -.ft C |
|
271 +.ft |
|
272 hg bisect \-\-good |
|
273 hg bisect \-\-bad |
|
274 -.ft P |
|
275 +.ft |
|
276 .fi |
|
277 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
278 . |
|
279 @@ -544,10 +519,10 @@ |
|
280 that revision is not usable because of another issue): |
|
281 .sp |
|
282 .nf |
|
283 -.ft C |
|
284 +.ft |
|
285 hg bisect \-\-skip |
|
286 hg bisect \-\-skip 23 |
|
287 -.ft P |
|
288 +.ft |
|
289 .fi |
|
290 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
291 . |
|
292 @@ -554,22 +529,22 @@ |
|
293 forget the current bisection: |
|
294 .sp |
|
295 .nf |
|
296 -.ft C |
|
297 +.ft |
|
298 hg bisect \-\-reset |
|
299 -.ft P |
|
300 +.ft |
|
301 .fi |
|
302 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
303 . |
|
304 -use \(aqmake && make tests\(aq to automatically find the first broken |
|
305 +use 'make && make tests' to automatically find the first broken |
|
306 revision: |
|
307 .sp |
|
308 .nf |
|
309 -.ft C |
|
310 +.ft |
|
311 hg bisect \-\-reset |
|
312 hg bisect \-\-bad 34 |
|
313 hg bisect \-\-good 12 |
|
314 -hg bisect \-\-command \(aqmake && make tests\(aq |
|
315 -.ft P |
|
316 +hg bisect \-\-command 'make && make tests' |
|
317 +.ft |
|
318 .fi |
|
319 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
320 . |
|
321 @@ -577,9 +552,9 @@ |
|
322 bisection: |
|
323 .sp |
|
324 .nf |
|
325 -.ft C |
|
326 +.ft |
|
327 hg log \-r "bisect(pruned)" |
|
328 -.ft P |
|
329 +.ft |
|
330 .fi |
|
331 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
332 . |
|
333 @@ -586,9 +561,9 @@ |
|
334 see all changesets that took part in the current bisection: |
|
335 .sp |
|
336 .nf |
|
337 -.ft C |
|
338 +.ft |
|
339 hg log \-r "bisect(range)" |
|
340 -.ft P |
|
341 +.ft |
|
342 .fi |
|
343 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
344 . |
|
345 @@ -595,13 +570,13 @@ |
|
346 with the graphlog extension, you can even get a nice graph: |
|
347 .sp |
|
348 .nf |
|
349 -.ft C |
|
350 +.ft |
|
351 hg log \-\-graph \-r "bisect(range)" |
|
352 -.ft P |
|
353 +.ft |
|
354 .fi |
|
355 .UNINDENT |
|
356 .sp |
|
357 -See \%\fBhg help revsets\fP\: for more about the \fIbisect()\fP keyword. |
|
358 +See \fBhg help revsets\fP for more about the \fIbisect()\fP keyword. |
|
359 .sp |
|
360 Returns 0 on success. |
|
361 .sp |
|
362 @@ -639,23 +614,23 @@ |
|
209 .SS bookmarks |
363 .SS bookmarks |
210 .sp |
364 .sp |
211 .nf |
365 .nf |
212 -.ft C |
366 -.ft C |
213 +.ft |
367 +.ft |
214 hg bookmarks [\-f] [\-d] [\-m NAME] [\-r REV] [NAME] |
368 hg bookmarks [\-f] [\-d] [\-i] [\-m NAME] [\-r REV] [NAME] |
215 -.ft P |
369 -.ft P |
216 +.ft |
370 +.ft |
217 .fi |
371 .fi |
218 .sp |
372 .sp |
219 Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when |
373 Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when committing. |
220 committing. Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and |
374 Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and deleted. It is |
221 -deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in \%\fBhg merge\fP\: and |
375 -possible to use \%\fBhg merge NAME\fP\: to merge from a given bookmark, and |
222 -\%\fBhg update\fP\: to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark. |
376 -\%\fBhg update NAME\fP\: to update to a given bookmark. |
223 +deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in \fBhg merge\fP and |
377 +possible to use \fBhg merge NAME\fP to merge from a given bookmark, and |
224 +\fBhg update\fP to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark. |
378 +\fBhg update NAME\fP to update to a given bookmark. |
225 .sp |
379 .sp |
226 -You can use \%\fBhg bookmark NAME\fP\: to set a bookmark on the working |
380 -You can use \%\fBhg bookmark NAME\fP\: to set a bookmark on the working |
227 -directory\(aqs parent revision with the given name. If you specify |
381 -directory\(aqs parent revision with the given name. If you specify |
228 +You can use \fBhg bookmark NAME\fP to set a bookmark on the working |
382 +You can use \fBhg bookmark NAME\fP to set a bookmark on the working |
229 +directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify |
383 +directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify |
235 +Bookmarks can be pushed and pulled between repositories (see \fBhg help |
389 +Bookmarks can be pushed and pulled between repositories (see \fBhg help |
236 +push\fP and \fBhg help pull\fP). This requires both the local and remote |
390 +push\fP and \fBhg help pull\fP). This requires both the local and remote |
237 repositories to support bookmarks. For versions prior to 1.8, this means |
391 repositories to support bookmarks. For versions prior to 1.8, this means |
238 the bookmarks extension must be enabled. |
392 the bookmarks extension must be enabled. |
239 .sp |
393 .sp |
240 @@ -550,26 +524,26 @@ |
394 @@ -690,14 +665,15 @@ |
241 .SS branch |
395 .SS branch |
242 .sp |
396 .sp |
243 .nf |
397 .nf |
244 -.ft C |
398 -.ft C |
245 +.ft |
399 +.ft |
246 hg branch [\-fC] [NAME] |
400 hg branch [\-fC] [NAME] |
247 -.ft P |
401 -.ft P |
248 +.ft |
402 +.ft |
249 .fi |
403 .fi |
250 .sp |
404 +.RS 0 |
405 .IP Note |
|
406 . |
|
407 -Branch names are permanent and global. Use \%\fBhg bookmark\fP\: to create a |
|
408 -light\-weight bookmark instead. See \%\fBhg help glossary\fP\: for more |
|
409 +Branch names are permanent and global. Use \fBhg bookmark\fP to create a |
|
410 +light\-weight bookmark instead. See \fBhg help glossary\fP for more |
|
411 information about named branches and bookmarks. |
|
412 .RE |
|
413 .sp |
|
414 @@ -704,18 +680,18 @@ |
|
251 With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument, |
415 With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument, |
252 set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist |
416 set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist |
253 in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice |
417 in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice |
254 -recommends that primary development take place on the \(aqdefault\(aq |
418 -recommends that primary development take place on the \(aqdefault\(aq |
255 +recommends that primary development take place on the 'default' |
419 +recommends that primary development take place on the 'default' |
268 +Use the command \fBhg update\fP to switch to an existing branch. Use |
432 +Use the command \fBhg update\fP to switch to an existing branch. Use |
269 +\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP to mark this branch as closed. |
433 +\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP to mark this branch as closed. |
270 .sp |
434 .sp |
271 Returns 0 on success. |
435 Returns 0 on success. |
272 .sp |
436 .sp |
273 @@ -587,19 +561,19 @@ |
437 @@ -733,19 +709,19 @@ |
274 .SS branches |
438 .SS branches |
275 .sp |
439 .sp |
276 .nf |
440 .nf |
277 -.ft C |
441 -.ft C |
278 +.ft |
442 +.ft |
293 -Use the command \%\fBhg update\fP\: to switch to an existing branch. |
457 -Use the command \%\fBhg update\fP\: to switch to an existing branch. |
294 +Use the command \fBhg update\fP to switch to an existing branch. |
458 +Use the command \fBhg update\fP to switch to an existing branch. |
295 .sp |
459 .sp |
296 Returns 0. |
460 Returns 0. |
297 .sp |
461 .sp |
298 @@ -617,9 +591,9 @@ |
462 @@ -763,9 +739,9 @@ |
299 .SS bundle |
463 .SS bundle |
300 .sp |
464 .sp |
301 .nf |
465 .nf |
302 -.ft C |
466 -.ft C |
303 +.ft |
467 +.ft |
305 -.ft P |
469 -.ft P |
306 +.ft |
470 +.ft |
307 .fi |
471 .fi |
308 .sp |
472 .sp |
309 Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not |
473 Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not |
310 @@ -686,9 +660,9 @@ |
474 @@ -832,9 +808,9 @@ |
311 .SS cat |
475 .SS cat |
312 .sp |
476 .sp |
313 .nf |
477 .nf |
314 -.ft C |
478 -.ft C |
315 +.ft |
479 +.ft |
317 -.ft P |
481 -.ft P |
318 +.ft |
482 +.ft |
319 .fi |
483 .fi |
320 .sp |
484 .sp |
321 Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If |
485 Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If |
322 @@ -706,7 +680,7 @@ |
486 @@ -852,7 +828,7 @@ |
323 .TP |
487 .TP |
324 .B \fB%d\fP |
488 .B \fB%d\fP |
325 .sp |
489 .sp |
326 -dirname of file being printed, or \(aq.\(aq if in repository root |
490 -dirname of file being printed, or \(aq.\(aq if in repository root |
327 +dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root |
491 +dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root |
328 .TP |
492 .TP |
329 .B \fB%p\fP |
493 .B \fB%p\fP |
330 .sp |
494 .sp |
331 @@ -741,9 +715,9 @@ |
495 @@ -887,9 +863,9 @@ |
332 .SS clone |
496 .SS clone |
333 .sp |
497 .sp |
334 .nf |
498 .nf |
335 -.ft C |
499 -.ft C |
336 +.ft |
500 +.ft |
338 -.ft P |
502 -.ft P |
339 +.ft |
503 +.ft |
340 .fi |
504 .fi |
341 .sp |
505 .sp |
342 Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory. |
506 Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory. |
343 @@ -751,14 +725,14 @@ |
507 @@ -897,7 +873,7 @@ |
344 If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the |
508 If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the |
345 basename of the source. |
509 basename of the source. |
346 .sp |
510 .sp |
347 -The location of the source is added to the new repository\(aqs |
511 -The location of the source is added to the new repository\(aqs |
348 +The location of the source is added to the new repository's |
512 +The location of the source is added to the new repository's |
349 \fB.hg/hgrc\fP file, as the default to be used for future pulls. |
513 \fB.hg/hgrc\fP file, as the default to be used for future pulls. |
350 .sp |
514 .sp |
351 -See \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for valid source format details. |
515 Only local paths and \fBssh://\fP URLs are supported as |
352 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for valid source format details. |
516 @@ -907,7 +883,7 @@ |
353 .sp |
517 To pull only a subset of changesets, specify one or more revisions |
354 It is possible to specify an \fBssh://\fP URL as the destination, but no |
518 identifiers with \-r/\-\-rev or branches with \-b/\-\-branch. The |
355 \fB.hg/hgrc\fP and working directory will be created on the remote side. |
519 resulting clone will contain only the specified changesets and |
356 -Please see \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for important details about \fBssh://\fP URLs. |
520 -their ancestors. These options (or \(aqclone src#rev dest\(aq) imply |
357 +Please see \fBhg help urls\fP for important details about \fBssh://\fP URLs. |
521 +their ancestors. These options (or 'clone src#rev dest') imply |
358 .sp |
522 \-\-pull, even for local source repositories. Note that specifying a |
359 A set of changesets (tags, or branch names) to pull may be specified |
523 tag will include the tagged changeset but not the changeset |
360 by listing each changeset (tag, or branch name) with \-r/\-\-rev. |
524 containing the tag. |
361 @@ -769,7 +743,7 @@ |
525 @@ -926,9 +902,9 @@ |
362 No subsequent changesets (including subsequent tags) will be present |
526 directory using full hardlinks with |
363 in the destination. |
527 .sp |
364 .sp |
528 .nf |
365 -Using \-r/\-\-rev (or \(aqclone src#rev dest\(aq) implies \-\-pull, even for |
529 -.ft C |
366 +Using \-r/\-\-rev (or 'clone src#rev dest') implies \-\-pull, even for |
530 +.ft |
367 local source repositories. |
531 $ cp \-al REPO REPOCLONE |
368 .sp |
532 -.ft P |
369 For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source |
|
370 @@ -783,9 +757,9 @@ |
|
371 using full hardlinks with |
|
372 .sp |
|
373 .nf |
|
374 -.ft C |
|
375 -$ cp \-al REPO REPOCLONE |
|
376 -.ft P |
|
377 +.ft |
|
378 +$ /usr/gnu/bin/cp \-al REPO REPOCLONE |
|
379 +.ft |
533 +.ft |
380 .fi |
534 .fi |
381 .sp |
535 .sp |
382 This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The |
536 This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The |
383 @@ -804,7 +778,7 @@ |
537 @@ -947,7 +923,7 @@ |
384 .IP b. 3 |
538 .IP b. 3 |
385 . |
539 . |
386 if \-u . and the source repository is local, the first parent of |
540 if \-u . and the source repository is local, the first parent of |
387 -the source repository\(aqs working directory |
541 -the source repository\(aqs working directory |
388 +the source repository's working directory |
542 +the source repository's working directory |
389 .IP c. 3 |
543 .IP c. 3 |
390 . |
544 . |
391 the changeset specified with \-u (if a branch name, this means the |
545 the changeset specified with \-u (if a branch name, this means the |
392 @@ -870,16 +844,16 @@ |
546 @@ -976,9 +952,9 @@ |
547 clone a remote repository to a new directory named hg/: |
|
548 .sp |
|
549 .nf |
|
550 -.ft C |
|
551 +.ft |
|
552 hg clone http://selenic.com/hg |
|
553 -.ft P |
|
554 +.ft |
|
555 .fi |
|
556 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
557 . |
|
558 @@ -985,9 +961,9 @@ |
|
559 create a lightweight local clone: |
|
560 .sp |
|
561 .nf |
|
562 -.ft C |
|
563 +.ft |
|
564 hg clone project/ project\-feature/ |
|
565 -.ft P |
|
566 +.ft |
|
567 .fi |
|
568 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
569 . |
|
570 @@ -994,9 +970,9 @@ |
|
571 clone from an absolute path on an ssh server (note double\-slash): |
|
572 .sp |
|
573 .nf |
|
574 -.ft C |
|
575 +.ft |
|
576 hg clone ssh://user@server//home/projects/alpha/ |
|
577 -.ft P |
|
578 +.ft |
|
579 .fi |
|
580 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
581 . |
|
582 @@ -1004,9 +980,9 @@ |
|
583 specified version: |
|
584 .sp |
|
585 .nf |
|
586 -.ft C |
|
587 +.ft |
|
588 hg clone \-\-uncompressed http://server/repo \-u 1.5 |
|
589 -.ft P |
|
590 +.ft |
|
591 .fi |
|
592 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
593 . |
|
594 @@ -1013,9 +989,9 @@ |
|
595 create a repository without changesets after a particular revision: |
|
596 .sp |
|
597 .nf |
|
598 -.ft C |
|
599 +.ft |
|
600 hg clone \-r 04e544 experimental/ good/ |
|
601 -.ft P |
|
602 +.ft |
|
603 .fi |
|
604 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
605 . |
|
606 @@ -1022,13 +998,13 @@ |
|
607 clone (and track) a particular named branch: |
|
608 .sp |
|
609 .nf |
|
610 -.ft C |
|
611 +.ft |
|
612 hg clone http://selenic.com/hg#stable |
|
613 -.ft P |
|
614 +.ft |
|
615 .fi |
|
616 .UNINDENT |
|
617 .sp |
|
618 -See \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for details on specifying URLs. |
|
619 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for details on specifying URLs. |
|
620 .sp |
|
621 Returns 0 on success. |
|
622 .sp |
|
623 @@ -1074,16 +1050,16 @@ |
|
393 .SS commit |
624 .SS commit |
394 .sp |
625 .sp |
395 .nf |
626 .nf |
396 -.ft C |
627 -.ft C |
397 +.ft |
628 +.ft |
408 -If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \%\fBhg status\fP\: |
639 -If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \%\fBhg status\fP\: |
409 +If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \fBhg status\fP |
640 +If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \fBhg status\fP |
410 will be committed. |
641 will be committed. |
411 .sp |
642 .sp |
412 If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any |
643 If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any |
413 @@ -890,7 +864,7 @@ |
644 @@ -1096,19 +1072,19 @@ |
414 commit fails, you will find a backup of your message in |
645 .sp |
415 \fB.hg/last\-message.txt\fP. |
646 The \-\-amend flag can be used to amend the parent of the |
647 working directory with a new commit that contains the changes |
|
648 -in the parent in addition to those currently reported by \%\fBhg status\fP\:, |
|
649 +in the parent in addition to those currently reported by \fBhg status\fP, |
|
650 if there are any. The old commit is stored in a backup bundle in |
|
651 -\fB.hg/strip\-backup\fP (see \%\fBhg help bundle\fP\: and \%\fBhg help unbundle\fP\: |
|
652 +\fB.hg/strip\-backup\fP (see \fBhg help bundle\fP and \fBhg help unbundle\fP |
|
653 on how to restore it). |
|
654 .sp |
|
655 Message, user and date are taken from the amended commit unless |
|
656 -specified. When a message isn\(aqt specified on the command line, |
|
657 +specified. When a message isn't specified on the command line, |
|
658 the editor will open with the message of the amended commit. |
|
659 .sp |
|
660 -It is not possible to amend public changesets (see \%\fBhg help phases\fP\:) |
|
661 +It is not possible to amend public changesets (see \fBhg help phases\fP) |
|
662 or changesets that have children. |
|
416 .sp |
663 .sp |
417 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
664 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
418 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
665 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
419 .sp |
666 .sp |
420 Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing changed. |
667 Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing changed. |
421 .sp |
668 .sp |
422 @@ -934,9 +908,9 @@ |
669 @@ -1160,9 +1136,9 @@ |
423 .SS copy |
670 .SS copy |
424 .sp |
671 .sp |
425 .nf |
672 .nf |
426 -.ft C |
673 -.ft C |
427 +.ft |
674 +.ft |
429 -.ft P |
676 -.ft P |
430 +.ft |
677 +.ft |
431 .fi |
678 .fi |
432 .sp |
679 .sp |
433 Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a |
680 Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a |
434 @@ -948,7 +922,7 @@ |
681 @@ -1174,7 +1150,7 @@ |
435 operation is recorded, but no copying is performed. |
682 operation is recorded, but no copying is performed. |
436 .sp |
683 .sp |
437 This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy |
684 This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy |
438 -before that, see \%\fBhg revert\fP\:. |
685 -before that, see \%\fBhg revert\fP\:. |
439 +before that, see \fBhg revert\fP. |
686 +before that, see \fBhg revert\fP. |
440 .sp |
687 .sp |
441 Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. |
688 Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. |
442 .sp |
689 .sp |
443 @@ -980,9 +954,9 @@ |
690 @@ -1206,18 +1182,19 @@ |
444 .SS diff |
691 .SS diff |
445 .sp |
692 .sp |
446 .nf |
693 .nf |
447 -.ft C |
694 -.ft C |
448 +.ft |
695 +.ft |
450 -.ft P |
697 -.ft P |
451 +.ft |
698 +.ft |
452 .fi |
699 .fi |
453 .sp |
700 .sp |
454 Show differences between revisions for the specified files. |
701 Show differences between revisions for the specified files. |
455 @@ -991,7 +965,7 @@ |
702 .sp |
703 Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format. |
|
704 +.RS 0 |
|
456 .IP Note |
705 .IP Note |
457 . |
706 . |
458 diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will |
707 diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will |
459 -default to comparing against the working directory\(aqs first |
708 -default to comparing against the working directory\(aqs first |
460 +default to comparing against the working directory's first |
709 +default to comparing against the working directory's first |
461 parent changeset if no revisions are specified. |
710 parent changeset if no revisions are specified. |
462 .RE |
711 .RE |
463 .sp |
712 .sp |
464 @@ -1009,7 +983,7 @@ |
713 @@ -1235,7 +1212,7 @@ |
465 anyway, probably with undesirable results. |
714 anyway, probably with undesirable results. |
466 .sp |
715 .sp |
467 Use the \-g/\-\-git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff |
716 Use the \-g/\-\-git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff |
468 -format. For more information, read \%\fBhg help diffs\fP\:. |
717 -format. For more information, read \%\fBhg help diffs\fP\:. |
469 +format. For more information, read \fBhg help diffs\fP. |
718 +format. For more information, read \fBhg help diffs\fP. |
470 .sp |
719 .sp |
471 Returns 0 on success. |
720 Examples: |
472 .sp |
721 .INDENT 0.0 |
473 @@ -1079,9 +1053,9 @@ |
722 @@ -1244,9 +1221,9 @@ |
723 compare a file in the current working directory to its parent: |
|
724 .sp |
|
725 .nf |
|
726 -.ft C |
|
727 +.ft |
|
728 hg diff foo.c |
|
729 -.ft P |
|
730 +.ft |
|
731 .fi |
|
732 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
733 . |
|
734 @@ -1253,9 +1230,9 @@ |
|
735 compare two historical versions of a directory, with rename info: |
|
736 .sp |
|
737 .nf |
|
738 -.ft C |
|
739 +.ft |
|
740 hg diff \-\-git \-r 1.0:1.2 lib/ |
|
741 -.ft P |
|
742 +.ft |
|
743 .fi |
|
744 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
745 . |
|
746 @@ -1262,9 +1239,9 @@ |
|
747 get change stats relative to the last change on some date: |
|
748 .sp |
|
749 .nf |
|
750 -.ft C |
|
751 -hg diff \-\-stat \-r "date(\(aqmay 2\(aq)" |
|
752 -.ft P |
|
753 +.ft |
|
754 +hg diff \-\-stat \-r "date('may 2')" |
|
755 +.ft |
|
756 .fi |
|
757 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
758 . |
|
759 @@ -1271,9 +1248,9 @@ |
|
760 diff all newly\-added files that contain a keyword: |
|
761 .sp |
|
762 .nf |
|
763 -.ft C |
|
764 +.ft |
|
765 hg diff "set:added() and grep(GNU)" |
|
766 -.ft P |
|
767 +.ft |
|
768 .fi |
|
769 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
770 . |
|
771 @@ -1280,11 +1257,11 @@ |
|
772 compare a revision and its parents: |
|
773 .sp |
|
774 .nf |
|
775 -.ft C |
|
776 +.ft |
|
777 hg diff \-c 9353 # compare against first parent |
|
778 hg diff \-r 9353^:9353 # same using revset syntax |
|
779 hg diff \-r 9353^2:9353 # compare against the second parent |
|
780 -.ft P |
|
781 +.ft |
|
782 .fi |
|
783 .UNINDENT |
|
784 .sp |
|
785 @@ -1356,9 +1333,9 @@ |
|
474 .SS export |
786 .SS export |
475 .sp |
787 .sp |
476 .nf |
788 .nf |
477 -.ft C |
789 -.ft C |
478 +.ft |
790 +.ft |
480 -.ft P |
792 -.ft P |
481 +.ft |
793 +.ft |
482 .fi |
794 .fi |
483 .sp |
795 .sp |
484 Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions. |
796 Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions. |
485 @@ -1138,7 +1112,7 @@ |
797 @@ -1366,6 +1343,7 @@ |
798 The information shown in the changeset header is: author, date, |
|
799 branch name (if non\-default), changeset hash, parent(s) and commit |
|
800 comment. |
|
801 +.RS 0 |
|
802 .IP Note |
|
803 . |
|
804 export may generate unexpected diff output for merge |
|
805 @@ -1419,7 +1397,7 @@ |
|
486 diff anyway, probably with undesirable results. |
806 diff anyway, probably with undesirable results. |
487 .sp |
807 .sp |
488 Use the \-g/\-\-git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff |
808 Use the \-g/\-\-git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff |
489 -format. See \%\fBhg help diffs\fP\: for more information. |
809 -format. See \%\fBhg help diffs\fP\: for more information. |
490 +format. See \fBhg help diffs\fP for more information. |
810 +format. See \fBhg help diffs\fP for more information. |
491 .sp |
811 .sp |
492 With the \-\-switch\-parent option, the diff will be against the |
812 With the \-\-switch\-parent option, the diff will be against the |
493 second parent. It can be useful to review a merge. |
813 second parent. It can be useful to review a merge. |
494 @@ -1175,9 +1149,9 @@ |
814 @@ -1432,9 +1410,9 @@ |
815 branch: |
|
816 .sp |
|
817 .nf |
|
818 -.ft C |
|
819 +.ft |
|
820 hg export \-r 9353 | hg import \- |
|
821 -.ft P |
|
822 +.ft |
|
823 .fi |
|
824 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
825 . |
|
826 @@ -1442,9 +1420,9 @@ |
|
827 rename information: |
|
828 .sp |
|
829 .nf |
|
830 -.ft C |
|
831 +.ft |
|
832 hg export \-\-git \-r 123:150 > changes.txt |
|
833 -.ft P |
|
834 +.ft |
|
835 .fi |
|
836 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
837 . |
|
838 @@ -1452,9 +1430,9 @@ |
|
839 descriptive names: |
|
840 .sp |
|
841 .nf |
|
842 -.ft C |
|
843 +.ft |
|
844 hg export \-r "outgoing()" \-o "%n\-%m.patch" |
|
845 -.ft P |
|
846 +.ft |
|
847 .fi |
|
848 .UNINDENT |
|
849 .sp |
|
850 @@ -1490,9 +1468,9 @@ |
|
495 .SS forget |
851 .SS forget |
496 .sp |
852 .sp |
497 .nf |
853 .nf |
498 -.ft C |
854 -.ft C |
499 +.ft |
855 +.ft |
501 -.ft P |
857 -.ft P |
502 +.ft |
858 +.ft |
503 .fi |
859 .fi |
504 .sp |
860 .sp |
505 Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked |
861 Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked |
506 @@ -1187,7 +1161,7 @@ |
862 @@ -1502,7 +1480,7 @@ |
507 entire project history, and it does not delete them from the |
863 entire project history, and it does not delete them from the |
508 working directory. |
864 working directory. |
509 .sp |
865 .sp |
510 -To undo a forget before the next commit, see \%\fBhg add\fP\:. |
866 -To undo a forget before the next commit, see \%\fBhg add\fP\:. |
511 +To undo a forget before the next commit, see \fBhg add\fP. |
867 +To undo a forget before the next commit, see \fBhg add\fP. |
512 .sp |
868 .sp |
513 Returns 0 on success. |
869 Examples: |
514 .sp |
870 .INDENT 0.0 |
515 @@ -1205,9 +1179,9 @@ |
871 @@ -1511,9 +1489,9 @@ |
872 forget newly\-added binary files: |
|
873 .sp |
|
874 .nf |
|
875 -.ft C |
|
876 +.ft |
|
877 hg forget "set:added() and binary()" |
|
878 -.ft P |
|
879 +.ft |
|
880 .fi |
|
881 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
882 . |
|
883 @@ -1520,9 +1498,9 @@ |
|
884 forget files that would be excluded by .hgignore: |
|
885 .sp |
|
886 .nf |
|
887 -.ft C |
|
888 +.ft |
|
889 hg forget "set:hgignore()" |
|
890 -.ft P |
|
891 +.ft |
|
892 .fi |
|
893 .UNINDENT |
|
894 .sp |
|
895 @@ -1542,15 +1520,15 @@ |
|
896 .SS graft |
|
897 .sp |
|
898 .nf |
|
899 -.ft C |
|
900 +.ft |
|
901 hg graft [OPTION]... REVISION... |
|
902 -.ft P |
|
903 +.ft |
|
904 .fi |
|
905 .sp |
|
906 -This command uses Mercurial\(aqs merge logic to copy individual |
|
907 +This command uses Mercurial's merge logic to copy individual |
|
908 changes from other branches without merging branches in the |
|
909 -history graph. This is sometimes known as \(aqbackporting\(aq or |
|
910 -\(aqcherry\-picking\(aq. By default, graft will copy user, date, and |
|
911 +history graph. This is sometimes known as 'backporting' or 'cherry\-picking'. |
|
912 +By default, graft will copy user, date, and |
|
913 description from the source changesets. |
|
914 .sp |
|
915 Changesets that are ancestors of the current revision, that have |
|
916 @@ -1560,6 +1538,7 @@ |
|
917 interrupted so that the current merge can be manually resolved. |
|
918 Once all conflicts are addressed, the graft process can be |
|
919 continued with the \-c/\-\-continue option. |
|
920 +.RS 0 |
|
921 .IP Note |
|
922 . |
|
923 The \-c/\-\-continue option does not reapply earlier options. |
|
924 @@ -1572,10 +1551,10 @@ |
|
925 copy a single change to the stable branch and edit its description: |
|
926 .sp |
|
927 .nf |
|
928 -.ft C |
|
929 +.ft |
|
930 hg update stable |
|
931 hg graft \-\-edit 9393 |
|
932 -.ft P |
|
933 +.ft |
|
934 .fi |
|
935 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
936 . |
|
937 @@ -1582,9 +1561,9 @@ |
|
938 graft a range of changesets with one exception, updating dates: |
|
939 .sp |
|
940 .nf |
|
941 -.ft C |
|
942 +.ft |
|
943 hg graft \-D "2085::2093 and not 2091" |
|
944 -.ft P |
|
945 +.ft |
|
946 .fi |
|
947 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
948 . |
|
949 @@ -1591,9 +1570,9 @@ |
|
950 continue a graft after resolving conflicts: |
|
951 .sp |
|
952 .nf |
|
953 -.ft C |
|
954 +.ft |
|
955 hg graft \-c |
|
956 -.ft P |
|
957 +.ft |
|
958 .fi |
|
959 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
960 . |
|
961 @@ -1600,9 +1579,9 @@ |
|
962 show the source of a grafted changeset: |
|
963 .sp |
|
964 .nf |
|
965 -.ft C |
|
966 +.ft |
|
967 hg log \-\-debug \-r tip |
|
968 -.ft P |
|
969 +.ft |
|
970 .fi |
|
971 .UNINDENT |
|
972 .sp |
|
973 @@ -1646,9 +1625,9 @@ |
|
516 .SS grep |
974 .SS grep |
517 .sp |
975 .sp |
518 .nf |
976 .nf |
519 -.ft C |
977 -.ft C |
520 +.ft |
978 +.ft |
522 -.ft P |
980 -.ft P |
523 +.ft |
981 +.ft |
524 .fi |
982 .fi |
525 .sp |
983 .sp |
526 Search revisions of files for a regular expression. |
984 Search revisions of files for a regular expression. |
527 @@ -1275,9 +1249,9 @@ |
985 @@ -1720,9 +1699,9 @@ |
528 .SS heads |
986 .SS heads |
529 .sp |
987 .sp |
530 .nf |
988 .nf |
531 -.ft C |
989 -.ft C |
532 +.ft |
990 +.ft |
534 -.ft P |
992 -.ft P |
535 +.ft |
993 +.ft |
536 .fi |
994 .fi |
537 .sp |
995 .sp |
538 With no arguments, show all repository branch heads. |
996 With no arguments, show all repository branch heads. |
539 @@ -1291,7 +1265,7 @@ |
997 @@ -1734,11 +1713,11 @@ |
540 associated with the specified changesets are shown. |
998 .sp |
999 If one or more REVs are given, only branch heads on the branches |
|
1000 associated with the specified changesets are shown. This means |
|
1001 -that you can use \%\fBhg heads foo\fP\: to see the heads on a branch |
|
1002 +that you can use \fBhg heads foo\fP to see the heads on a branch |
|
1003 named \fBfoo\fP. |
|
541 .sp |
1004 .sp |
542 If \-c/\-\-closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed |
1005 If \-c/\-\-closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed |
543 -(see \%\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP\:). |
1006 -(see \%\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP\:). |
544 +(see \fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP). |
1007 +(see \fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP). |
545 .sp |
1008 .sp |
546 If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of |
1009 If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of |
547 STARTREV will be displayed. |
1010 STARTREV will be displayed. |
548 @@ -1331,9 +1305,9 @@ |
1011 @@ -1778,9 +1757,9 @@ |
549 .SS help |
1012 .SS help |
550 .sp |
1013 .sp |
551 .nf |
1014 .nf |
552 -.ft C |
1015 -.ft C |
553 +.ft |
1016 +.ft |
554 hg help [TOPIC] |
1017 hg help [\-ec] [TOPIC] |
555 -.ft P |
1018 -.ft P |
556 +.ft |
1019 +.ft |
557 .fi |
1020 .fi |
558 .sp |
1021 .sp |
559 With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages. |
1022 With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages. |
560 @@ -1345,9 +1319,9 @@ |
1023 @@ -1804,9 +1783,9 @@ |
561 .SS identify |
1024 .SS identify |
562 .sp |
1025 .sp |
563 .nf |
1026 .nf |
564 -.ft C |
1027 -.ft C |
565 +.ft |
1028 +.ft |
566 hg identify [\-nibtB] [\-r REV] [SOURCE] |
1029 hg identify [\-nibtB] [\-r REV] [SOURCE] |
567 -.ft P |
1030 -.ft P |
568 +.ft |
1031 +.ft |
569 .fi |
1032 .fi |
570 .sp |
1033 .sp |
571 With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the |
1034 Print a summary identifying the repository state at REV using one or |
572 @@ -1395,9 +1369,9 @@ |
1035 @@ -1827,9 +1806,9 @@ |
1036 generate a build identifier for the working directory: |
|
1037 .sp |
|
1038 .nf |
|
1039 -.ft C |
|
1040 +.ft |
|
1041 hg id \-\-id > build\-id.dat |
|
1042 -.ft P |
|
1043 +.ft |
|
1044 .fi |
|
1045 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1046 . |
|
1047 @@ -1836,9 +1815,9 @@ |
|
1048 find the revision corresponding to a tag: |
|
1049 .sp |
|
1050 .nf |
|
1051 -.ft C |
|
1052 +.ft |
|
1053 hg id \-n \-r 1.3 |
|
1054 -.ft P |
|
1055 +.ft |
|
1056 .fi |
|
1057 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1058 . |
|
1059 @@ -1845,9 +1824,9 @@ |
|
1060 check the most recent revision of a remote repository: |
|
1061 .sp |
|
1062 .nf |
|
1063 -.ft C |
|
1064 +.ft |
|
1065 hg id \-r tip http://selenic.com/hg/ |
|
1066 -.ft P |
|
1067 +.ft |
|
1068 .fi |
|
1069 .UNINDENT |
|
1070 .sp |
|
1071 @@ -1897,9 +1876,9 @@ |
|
573 .SS import |
1072 .SS import |
574 .sp |
1073 .sp |
575 .nf |
1074 .nf |
576 -.ft C |
1075 -.ft C |
577 +.ft |
1076 +.ft |
579 -.ft P |
1078 -.ft P |
580 +.ft |
1079 +.ft |
581 .fi |
1080 .fi |
582 .sp |
1081 .sp |
583 Import a list of patches and commit them individually (unless |
1082 Import a list of patches and commit them individually (unless |
584 @@ -1413,7 +1387,7 @@ |
1083 @@ -1915,7 +1894,7 @@ |
585 text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit |
1084 text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit |
586 message. |
1085 message. |
587 .sp |
1086 .sp |
588 -If the imported patch was generated by \%\fBhg export\fP\:, user and |
1087 -If the imported patch was generated by \%\fBhg export\fP\:, user and |
589 +If the imported patch was generated by \fBhg export\fP, user and |
1088 +If the imported patch was generated by \fBhg export\fP, user and |
590 description from patch override values from message headers and |
1089 description from patch override values from message headers and |
591 body. Values given on command line with \-m/\-\-message and \-u/\-\-user |
1090 body. Values given on command line with \-m/\-\-message and \-u/\-\-user |
592 override these. |
1091 override these. |
593 @@ -1425,11 +1399,11 @@ |
1092 @@ -1932,11 +1911,11 @@ |
594 deficiencies in the text patch format. |
1093 revision. |
595 .sp |
1094 .sp |
596 With \-s/\-\-similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and |
1095 With \-s/\-\-similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and |
597 -copies in the patch in the same way as \(aqaddremove\(aq. |
1096 -copies in the patch in the same way as \%\fBhg addremove\fP\:. |
598 +copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'. |
1097 +copies in the patch in the same way as \fBhg addremove\fP. |
599 .sp |
1098 .sp |
600 To read a patch from standard input, use "\-" as the patch name. If |
1099 To read a patch from standard input, use "\-" as the patch name. If |
601 a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it. |
1100 a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it. |
602 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
1101 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
603 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
1102 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
604 .sp |
1103 .sp |
605 Returns 0 on success. |
1104 Examples: |
606 .sp |
1105 .INDENT 0.0 |
607 @@ -1450,7 +1424,7 @@ |
1106 @@ -1945,9 +1924,9 @@ |
1107 import a traditional patch from a website and detect renames: |
|
1108 .sp |
|
1109 .nf |
|
1110 -.ft C |
|
1111 +.ft |
|
1112 hg import \-s 80 http://example.com/bugfix.patch |
|
1113 -.ft P |
|
1114 +.ft |
|
1115 .fi |
|
1116 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1117 . |
|
1118 @@ -1954,9 +1933,9 @@ |
|
1119 import a changeset from an hgweb server: |
|
1120 .sp |
|
1121 .nf |
|
1122 -.ft C |
|
1123 +.ft |
|
1124 hg import http://www.selenic.com/hg/rev/5ca8c111e9aa |
|
1125 -.ft P |
|
1126 +.ft |
|
1127 .fi |
|
1128 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1129 . |
|
1130 @@ -1963,9 +1942,9 @@ |
|
1131 import all the patches in an Unix\-style mbox: |
|
1132 .sp |
|
1133 .nf |
|
1134 -.ft C |
|
1135 +.ft |
|
1136 hg import incoming\-patches.mbox |
|
1137 -.ft P |
|
1138 +.ft |
|
1139 .fi |
|
1140 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1141 . |
|
1142 @@ -1973,9 +1952,9 @@ |
|
1143 possible): |
|
1144 .sp |
|
1145 .nf |
|
1146 -.ft C |
|
1147 +.ft |
|
1148 hg import \-\-exact proposed\-fix.patch |
|
1149 -.ft P |
|
1150 +.ft |
|
1151 .fi |
|
1152 .UNINDENT |
|
1153 .sp |
|
1154 @@ -2002,7 +1981,7 @@ |
|
608 .TP |
1155 .TP |
609 .B \-\-no\-commit |
1156 .B \-\-no\-commit |
610 . |
1157 . |
611 -don\(aqt commit, just update the working directory |
1158 -don\(aqt commit, just update the working directory |
612 +don't commit, just update the working directory |
1159 +don't commit, just update the working directory |
613 .TP |
1160 .TP |
614 .B \-\-exact |
1161 .B \-\-bypass |
615 . |
1162 . |
616 @@ -1485,9 +1459,9 @@ |
1163 @@ -2041,9 +2020,9 @@ |
617 .SS incoming |
1164 .SS incoming |
618 .sp |
1165 .sp |
619 .nf |
1166 .nf |
620 -.ft C |
1167 -.ft C |
621 +.ft |
1168 +.ft |
623 -.ft P |
1170 -.ft P |
624 +.ft |
1171 +.ft |
625 .fi |
1172 .fi |
626 .sp |
1173 .sp |
627 Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default |
1174 Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default |
628 @@ -1577,9 +1551,9 @@ |
1175 @@ -2133,9 +2112,9 @@ |
629 .SS init |
1176 .SS init |
630 .sp |
1177 .sp |
631 .nf |
1178 .nf |
632 -.ft C |
1179 -.ft C |
633 +.ft |
1180 +.ft |
635 -.ft P |
1182 -.ft P |
636 +.ft |
1183 +.ft |
637 .fi |
1184 .fi |
638 .sp |
1185 .sp |
639 Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given |
1186 Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given |
640 @@ -1588,7 +1562,7 @@ |
1187 @@ -2144,7 +2123,7 @@ |
641 If no directory is given, the current directory is used. |
1188 If no directory is given, the current directory is used. |
642 .sp |
1189 .sp |
643 It is possible to specify an \fBssh://\fP URL as the destination. |
1190 It is possible to specify an \fBssh://\fP URL as the destination. |
644 -See \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for more information. |
1191 -See \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for more information. |
645 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for more information. |
1192 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for more information. |
646 .sp |
1193 .sp |
647 Returns 0 on success. |
1194 Returns 0 on success. |
648 .sp |
1195 .sp |
649 @@ -1610,9 +1584,9 @@ |
1196 @@ -2166,9 +2145,9 @@ |
650 .SS locate |
1197 .SS locate |
651 .sp |
1198 .sp |
652 .nf |
1199 .nf |
653 -.ft C |
1200 -.ft C |
654 +.ft |
1201 +.ft |
656 -.ft P |
1203 -.ft P |
657 +.ft |
1204 +.ft |
658 .fi |
1205 .fi |
659 .sp |
1206 .sp |
660 Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose |
1207 Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose |
661 @@ -1658,9 +1632,9 @@ |
1208 @@ -2214,9 +2193,9 @@ |
662 .SS log |
1209 .SS log |
663 .sp |
1210 .sp |
664 .nf |
1211 .nf |
665 -.ft C |
1212 -.ft C |
666 +.ft |
1213 +.ft |
668 -.ft P |
1215 -.ft P |
669 +.ft |
1216 +.ft |
670 .fi |
1217 .fi |
671 .sp |
1218 .sp |
672 Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire |
1219 Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire |
673 @@ -1675,9 +1649,9 @@ |
1220 @@ -2235,6 +2214,7 @@ |
674 If no revision range is specified, the default is \fBtip:0\fP unless |
1221 tags, non\-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for |
675 \-\-follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is |
1222 each commit. When the \-v/\-\-verbose switch is used, the list of |
676 used as the starting revision. You can specify a revision set for |
1223 changed files and full commit message are shown. |
677 -log, see \%\fBhg help revsets\fP\: for more information. |
1224 +.RS 0 |
678 +log, see \fBhg help revsets\fP for more information. |
1225 .IP Note |
1226 . |
|
1227 log \-p/\-\-patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge |
|
1228 @@ -2242,6 +2222,7 @@ |
|
1229 its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents |
|
1230 will appear in files:. |
|
1231 .RE |
|
1232 +.RS 0 |
|
1233 .IP Note |
|
1234 . |
|
1235 for performance reasons, log FILE may omit duplicate changes |
|
1236 @@ -2257,9 +2238,9 @@ |
|
1237 changesets with full descriptions and file lists: |
|
1238 .sp |
|
1239 .nf |
|
1240 -.ft C |
|
1241 +.ft |
|
1242 hg log \-v |
|
1243 -.ft P |
|
1244 +.ft |
|
1245 .fi |
|
1246 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1247 . |
|
1248 @@ -2266,9 +2247,9 @@ |
|
1249 changesets ancestral to the working directory: |
|
1250 .sp |
|
1251 .nf |
|
1252 -.ft C |
|
1253 +.ft |
|
1254 hg log \-f |
|
1255 -.ft P |
|
1256 +.ft |
|
1257 .fi |
|
1258 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1259 . |
|
1260 @@ -2275,9 +2256,9 @@ |
|
1261 last 10 commits on the current branch: |
|
1262 .sp |
|
1263 .nf |
|
1264 -.ft C |
|
1265 +.ft |
|
1266 hg log \-l 10 \-b . |
|
1267 -.ft P |
|
1268 +.ft |
|
1269 .fi |
|
1270 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1271 . |
|
1272 @@ -2284,9 +2265,9 @@ |
|
1273 changesets showing all modifications of a file, including removals: |
|
1274 .sp |
|
1275 .nf |
|
1276 -.ft C |
|
1277 +.ft |
|
1278 hg log \-\-removed file.c |
|
1279 -.ft P |
|
1280 +.ft |
|
1281 .fi |
|
1282 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1283 . |
|
1284 @@ -2293,9 +2274,9 @@ |
|
1285 all changesets that touch a directory, with diffs, excluding merges: |
|
1286 .sp |
|
1287 .nf |
|
1288 -.ft C |
|
1289 +.ft |
|
1290 hg log \-Mp lib/ |
|
1291 -.ft P |
|
1292 +.ft |
|
1293 .fi |
|
1294 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1295 . |
|
1296 @@ -2302,9 +2283,9 @@ |
|
1297 all revision numbers that match a keyword: |
|
1298 .sp |
|
1299 .nf |
|
1300 -.ft C |
|
1301 +.ft |
|
1302 hg log \-k bug \-\-template "{rev}\en" |
|
1303 -.ft P |
|
1304 +.ft |
|
1305 .fi |
|
1306 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1307 . |
|
1308 @@ -2311,9 +2292,9 @@ |
|
1309 check if a given changeset is included is a tagged release: |
|
1310 .sp |
|
1311 .nf |
|
1312 -.ft C |
|
1313 +.ft |
|
1314 hg log \-r "a21ccf and ancestor(1.9)" |
|
1315 -.ft P |
|
1316 +.ft |
|
1317 .fi |
|
1318 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1319 . |
|
1320 @@ -2320,9 +2301,9 @@ |
|
1321 find all changesets by some user in a date range: |
|
1322 .sp |
|
1323 .nf |
|
1324 -.ft C |
|
1325 +.ft |
|
1326 hg log \-k alice \-d "may 2008 to jul 2008" |
|
1327 -.ft P |
|
1328 +.ft |
|
1329 .fi |
|
1330 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1331 . |
|
1332 @@ -2329,18 +2310,18 @@ |
|
1333 summary of all changesets after the last tag: |
|
1334 .sp |
|
1335 .nf |
|
1336 -.ft C |
|
1337 +.ft |
|
1338 hg log \-r "last(tagged())::" \-\-template "{desc|firstline}\en" |
|
1339 -.ft P |
|
1340 +.ft |
|
1341 .fi |
|
1342 .UNINDENT |
|
679 .sp |
1343 .sp |
680 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
1344 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
681 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
1345 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
682 .sp |
1346 .sp |
683 By default this command prints revision number and changeset id, |
1347 -See \%\fBhg help revisions\fP\: and \%\fBhg help revsets\fP\: for more about |
684 tags, non\-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for |
1348 +See \fBhg help revisions\fP and \fBhg help revsets\fP for more about |
685 @@ -1785,9 +1759,9 @@ |
1349 specifying revisions. |
1350 .sp |
|
1351 -See \%\fBhg help templates\fP\: for more about pre\-packaged styles and |
|
1352 +See \fBhg help templates\fP for more about pre\-packaged styles and |
|
1353 specifying custom templates. |
|
1354 .sp |
|
1355 Returns 0 on success. |
|
1356 @@ -2441,9 +2422,9 @@ |
|
686 .SS manifest |
1357 .SS manifest |
687 .sp |
1358 .sp |
688 .nf |
1359 .nf |
689 -.ft C |
1360 -.ft C |
690 +.ft |
1361 +.ft |
692 -.ft P |
1363 -.ft P |
693 +.ft |
1364 +.ft |
694 .fi |
1365 .fi |
695 .sp |
1366 .sp |
696 Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision. |
1367 Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision. |
697 @@ -1809,9 +1783,9 @@ |
1368 @@ -2472,9 +2453,9 @@ |
698 .SS merge |
1369 .SS merge |
699 .sp |
1370 .sp |
700 .nf |
1371 .nf |
701 -.ft C |
1372 -.ft C |
702 +.ft |
1373 +.ft |
704 -.ft P |
1375 -.ft P |
705 +.ft |
1376 +.ft |
706 .fi |
1377 .fi |
707 .sp |
1378 .sp |
708 The current working directory is updated with all changes made in |
1379 The current working directory is updated with all changes made in |
709 @@ -1826,14 +1800,14 @@ |
1380 @@ -2487,16 +2468,16 @@ |
1381 .sp |
|
1382 \fB\-\-tool\fP can be used to specify the merge tool used for file |
|
710 merges. It overrides the HGMERGE environment variable and your |
1383 merges. It overrides the HGMERGE environment variable and your |
711 configuration files. |
1384 -configuration files. See \%\fBhg help merge\-tools\fP\: for options. |
1385 +configuration files. See \fBhg help merge\-tools\fP for options. |
|
712 .sp |
1386 .sp |
713 -If no revision is specified, the working directory\(aqs parent is a |
1387 -If no revision is specified, the working directory\(aqs parent is a |
714 +If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a |
1388 +If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a |
715 head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other |
1389 head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other |
716 head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an |
1390 head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an |
722 -To undo an uncommitted merge, use \%\fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP\: which |
1396 -To undo an uncommitted merge, use \%\fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP\: which |
723 +To undo an uncommitted merge, use \fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP which |
1397 +To undo an uncommitted merge, use \fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP which |
724 will check out a clean copy of the original merge parent, losing |
1398 will check out a clean copy of the original merge parent, losing |
725 all changes. |
1399 all changes. |
726 .sp |
1400 .sp |
727 @@ -1861,9 +1835,9 @@ |
1401 @@ -2524,9 +2505,9 @@ |
728 .SS outgoing |
1402 .SS outgoing |
729 .sp |
1403 .sp |
730 .nf |
1404 .nf |
731 -.ft C |
1405 -.ft C |
732 +.ft |
1406 +.ft |
734 -.ft P |
1408 -.ft P |
735 +.ft |
1409 +.ft |
736 .fi |
1410 .fi |
737 .sp |
1411 .sp |
738 Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository |
1412 Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository |
739 @@ -1946,12 +1920,12 @@ |
1413 @@ -2609,12 +2590,12 @@ |
740 .SS parents |
1414 .SS parents |
741 .sp |
1415 .sp |
742 .nf |
1416 .nf |
743 -.ft C |
1417 -.ft C |
744 +.ft |
1418 +.ft |
750 -Print the working directory\(aqs parent revisions. If a revision is |
1424 -Print the working directory\(aqs parent revisions. If a revision is |
751 +Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is |
1425 +Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is |
752 given via \-r/\-\-rev, the parent of that revision will be printed. |
1426 given via \-r/\-\-rev, the parent of that revision will be printed. |
753 If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was |
1427 If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was |
754 last changed (before the working directory revision or the |
1428 last changed (before the working directory revision or the |
755 @@ -1977,9 +1951,9 @@ |
1429 @@ -2640,9 +2621,9 @@ |
756 .SS paths |
1430 .SS paths |
757 .sp |
1431 .sp |
758 .nf |
1432 .nf |
759 -.ft C |
1433 -.ft C |
760 +.ft |
1434 +.ft |
762 -.ft P |
1436 -.ft P |
763 +.ft |
1437 +.ft |
764 .fi |
1438 .fi |
765 .sp |
1439 .sp |
766 Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given, |
1440 Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given, |
767 @@ -1997,18 +1971,18 @@ |
1441 @@ -2663,18 +2644,18 @@ |
768 as the fallback for both. When cloning a repository, the clone |
1442 as the fallback for both. When cloning a repository, the clone |
769 source is written as \fBdefault\fP in \fB.hg/hgrc\fP. Note that |
1443 source is written as \fBdefault\fP in \fB.hg/hgrc\fP. Note that |
770 \fBdefault\fP and \fBdefault\-push\fP apply to all inbound (e.g. |
1444 \fBdefault\fP and \fBdefault\-push\fP apply to all inbound (e.g. |
771 -\%\fBhg incoming\fP\:) and outbound (e.g. \%\fBhg outgoing\fP\:, \%\fBhg email\fP\: and |
1445 -\%\fBhg incoming\fP\:) and outbound (e.g. \%\fBhg outgoing\fP\:, \%\fBhg email\fP\: and |
772 -\%\fBhg bundle\fP\:) operations. |
1446 -\%\fBhg bundle\fP\:) operations. |
775 .sp |
1449 .sp |
776 -See \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for more information. |
1450 -See \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for more information. |
777 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for more information. |
1451 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for more information. |
778 .sp |
1452 .sp |
779 Returns 0 on success. |
1453 Returns 0 on success. |
1454 .SS phase |
|
1455 .sp |
|
1456 .nf |
|
1457 -.ft C |
|
1458 +.ft |
|
1459 hg phase [\-p|\-d|\-s] [\-f] [\-r] REV... |
|
1460 -.ft P |
|
1461 +.ft |
|
1462 .fi |
|
1463 .sp |
|
1464 With no argument, show the phase name of specified revisions. |
|
1465 @@ -2682,13 +2663,13 @@ |
|
1466 With one of \-p/\-\-public, \-d/\-\-draft or \-s/\-\-secret, change the |
|
1467 phase value of the specified revisions. |
|
1468 .sp |
|
1469 -Unless \-f/\-\-force is specified, \%\fBhg phase\fP\: won\(aqt move changeset from a |
|
1470 +Unless \-f/\-\-force is specified, \fBhg phase\fP won't move changeset from a |
|
1471 lower phase to an higher phase. Phases are ordered as follows: |
|
1472 .sp |
|
1473 .nf |
|
1474 -.ft C |
|
1475 +.ft |
|
1476 public < draft < secret |
|
1477 -.ft P |
|
1478 +.ft |
|
1479 .fi |
|
1480 .sp |
|
1481 Return 0 on success, 1 if no phases were changed or some could not |
|
1482 @@ -2720,9 +2701,9 @@ |
|
780 .SS pull |
1483 .SS pull |
781 .sp |
1484 .sp |
782 .nf |
1485 .nf |
783 -.ft C |
1486 -.ft C |
784 +.ft |
1487 +.ft |
786 -.ft P |
1489 -.ft P |
787 +.ft |
1490 +.ft |
788 .fi |
1491 .fi |
789 .sp |
1492 .sp |
790 Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one. |
1493 Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one. |
791 @@ -2018,13 +1992,13 @@ |
1494 @@ -2732,13 +2713,13 @@ |
792 \-R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the |
1495 \-R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the |
793 project in the working directory. |
1496 project in the working directory. |
794 .sp |
1497 .sp |
795 -Use \%\fBhg incoming\fP\: if you want to see what would have been added |
1498 -Use \%\fBhg incoming\fP\: if you want to see what would have been added |
796 +Use \fBhg incoming\fP if you want to see what would have been added |
1499 +Use \fBhg incoming\fP if you want to see what would have been added |
805 +If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used. |
1508 +If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used. |
806 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for more information. |
1509 +See \fBhg help urls\fP for more information. |
807 .sp |
1510 .sp |
808 Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update had unresolved files. |
1511 Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update had unresolved files. |
809 .sp |
1512 .sp |
810 @@ -2066,9 +2040,9 @@ |
1513 @@ -2780,9 +2761,9 @@ |
811 .SS push |
1514 .SS push |
812 .sp |
1515 .sp |
813 .nf |
1516 .nf |
814 -.ft C |
1517 -.ft C |
815 +.ft |
1518 +.ft |
817 -.ft P |
1520 -.ft P |
818 +.ft |
1521 +.ft |
819 .fi |
1522 .fi |
820 .sp |
1523 .sp |
821 Push changesets from the local repository to the specified |
1524 Push changesets from the local repository to the specified |
822 @@ -2092,7 +2066,7 @@ |
1525 @@ -2806,7 +2787,7 @@ |
823 If \-r/\-\-rev is used, the specified revision and all its ancestors |
1526 If \-r/\-\-rev is used, the specified revision and all its ancestors |
824 will be pushed to the remote repository. |
1527 will be pushed to the remote repository. |
825 .sp |
1528 .sp |
826 -Please see \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for important details about \fBssh://\fP |
1529 -Please see \%\fBhg help urls\fP\: for important details about \fBssh://\fP |
827 +Please see \fBhg help urls\fP for important details about \fBssh://\fP |
1530 +Please see \fBhg help urls\fP for important details about \fBssh://\fP |
828 URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used. |
1531 URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used. |
829 .sp |
1532 .sp |
830 Returns 0 if push was successful, 1 if nothing to push. |
1533 Returns 0 if push was successful, 1 if nothing to push. |
831 @@ -2135,9 +2109,9 @@ |
1534 @@ -2849,9 +2830,9 @@ |
832 .SS recover |
1535 .SS recover |
833 .sp |
1536 .sp |
834 .nf |
1537 .nf |
835 -.ft C |
1538 -.ft C |
836 +.ft |
1539 +.ft |
838 -.ft P |
1541 -.ft P |
839 +.ft |
1542 +.ft |
840 .fi |
1543 .fi |
841 .sp |
1544 .sp |
842 Recover from an interrupted commit or pull. |
1545 Recover from an interrupted commit or pull. |
843 @@ -2150,9 +2124,9 @@ |
1546 @@ -2864,16 +2845,16 @@ |
844 .SS remove |
1547 .SS remove |
845 .sp |
1548 .sp |
846 .nf |
1549 .nf |
847 -.ft C |
1550 -.ft C |
848 +.ft |
1551 +.ft |
849 hg remove [OPTION]... FILE... |
1552 hg remove [OPTION]... FILE... |
850 -.ft P |
1553 -.ft P |
851 +.ft |
1554 +.ft |
852 .fi |
1555 .fi |
853 .sp |
1556 .sp |
854 Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository. |
1557 Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch. |
855 @@ -2166,21 +2140,21 @@ |
1558 .sp |
1559 This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit. |
|
1560 -To undo a remove before that, see \%\fBhg revert\fP\:. To undo added |
|
1561 -files, see \%\fBhg forget\fP\:. |
|
1562 +To undo a remove before that, see \fBhg revert\fP. To undo added |
|
1563 +files, see \fBhg forget\fP. |
|
1564 .sp |
|
1565 \-A/\-\-after can be used to remove only files that have already |
|
1566 been deleted, \-f/\-\-force can be used to force deletion, and \-Af |
|
1567 @@ -2883,7 +2864,7 @@ |
|
856 The following table details the behavior of remove for different |
1568 The following table details the behavior of remove for different |
857 file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file |
1569 file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file |
858 states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as |
1570 states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] |
859 -reported by \%\fBhg status\fP\:). The actions are Warn, Remove (from |
1571 -(as reported by \%\fBhg status\fP\:). The actions are Warn, Remove |
860 +reported by \fBhg status\fP). The actions are Warn, Remove (from |
1572 +(as reported by \fBhg status\fP). The actions are Warn, Remove |
861 branch) and Delete (from disk): |
1573 (from branch) and Delete (from disk): |
862 .sp |
1574 .TS |
863 .nf |
1575 center; |
864 -.ft C |
1576 @@ -2975,9 +2956,9 @@ |
865 +.ft |
|
866 A C M ! |
|
867 none W RD W R |
|
868 \-f R RD RD R |
|
869 \-A W W W R |
|
870 \-Af R R R R |
|
871 -.ft P |
|
872 +.ft |
|
873 .fi |
|
874 .sp |
|
875 This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit. |
|
876 -To undo a remove before that, see \%\fBhg revert\fP\:. |
|
877 +To undo a remove before that, see \fBhg revert\fP. |
|
878 .sp |
|
879 Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered. |
|
880 .sp |
|
881 @@ -2208,9 +2182,9 @@ |
|
882 .SS rename |
1577 .SS rename |
883 .sp |
1578 .sp |
884 .nf |
1579 .nf |
885 -.ft C |
1580 -.ft C |
886 +.ft |
1581 +.ft |
888 -.ft P |
1583 -.ft P |
889 +.ft |
1584 +.ft |
890 .fi |
1585 .fi |
891 .sp |
1586 .sp |
892 Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest |
1587 Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest |
893 @@ -2222,7 +2196,7 @@ |
1588 @@ -2989,7 +2970,7 @@ |
894 operation is recorded, but no copying is performed. |
1589 operation is recorded, but no copying is performed. |
895 .sp |
1590 .sp |
896 This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename |
1591 This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename |
897 -before that, see \%\fBhg revert\fP\:. |
1592 -before that, see \%\fBhg revert\fP\:. |
898 +before that, see \fBhg revert\fP. |
1593 +before that, see \fBhg revert\fP. |
899 .sp |
1594 .sp |
900 Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. |
1595 Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. |
901 .sp |
1596 .sp |
902 @@ -2254,9 +2228,9 @@ |
1597 @@ -3021,9 +3002,9 @@ |
903 .SS resolve |
1598 .SS resolve |
904 .sp |
1599 .sp |
905 .nf |
1600 .nf |
906 -.ft C |
1601 -.ft C |
907 +.ft |
1602 +.ft |
909 -.ft P |
1604 -.ft P |
910 +.ft |
1605 +.ft |
911 .fi |
1606 .fi |
912 .sp |
1607 .sp |
913 Merges with unresolved conflicts are often the result of |
1608 Merges with unresolved conflicts are often the result of |
914 @@ -2263,7 +2237,7 @@ |
1609 @@ -3030,15 +3011,15 @@ |
915 non\-interactive merging using the \fBinternal:merge\fP configuration |
1610 non\-interactive merging using the \fBinternal:merge\fP configuration |
916 setting, or a command\-line merge tool like \fBdiff3\fP. The resolve |
1611 setting, or a command\-line merge tool like \fBdiff3\fP. The resolve |
917 command is used to manage the files involved in a merge, after |
1612 command is used to manage the files involved in a merge, after |
918 -\%\fBhg merge\fP\: has been run, and before \%\fBhg commit\fP\: is run (i.e. the |
1613 -\%\fBhg merge\fP\: has been run, and before \%\fBhg commit\fP\: is run (i.e. the |
1614 -working directory must have two parents). See \%\fBhg help |
|
1615 -merge\-tools\fP\: for information on configuring merge tools. |
|
919 +\fBhg merge\fP has been run, and before \fBhg commit\fP is run (i.e. the |
1616 +\fBhg merge\fP has been run, and before \fBhg commit\fP is run (i.e. the |
920 working directory must have two parents). |
1617 +working directory must have two parents). See \fBhg help |
1618 +merge\-tools\fP for information on configuring merge tools. |
|
921 .sp |
1619 .sp |
922 The resolve command can be used in the following ways: |
1620 The resolve command can be used in the following ways: |
923 @@ -2270,7 +2244,7 @@ |
|
924 .INDENT 0.0 |
1621 .INDENT 0.0 |
925 .IP \(bu 2 |
1622 .IP \(bu 2 |
926 . |
1623 . |
927 -\%\fBhg resolve [\-\-tool TOOL] FILE...\fP\:: attempt to re\-merge the specified |
1624 -\%\fBhg resolve [\-\-tool TOOL] FILE...\fP\:: attempt to re\-merge the specified |
928 +\fBhg resolve [\-\-tool TOOL] FILE...\fP: attempt to re\-merge the specified |
1625 +\fBhg resolve [\-\-tool TOOL] FILE...\fP: attempt to re\-merge the specified |
929 files, discarding any previous merge attempts. Re\-merging is not |
1626 files, discarding any previous merge attempts. Re\-merging is not |
930 performed for files already marked as resolved. Use \fB\-\-all/\-a\fP |
1627 performed for files already marked as resolved. Use \fB\-\-all/\-a\fP |
931 to selects all unresolved files. \fB\-\-tool\fP can be used to specify |
1628 to select all unresolved files. \fB\-\-tool\fP can be used to specify |
932 @@ -2278,21 +2252,21 @@ |
1629 @@ -3047,21 +3028,21 @@ |
933 environment variable and your configuration files. |
1630 contents are saved with a \fB.orig\fP suffix. |
934 .IP \(bu 2 |
1631 .IP \(bu 2 |
935 . |
1632 . |
936 -\%\fBhg resolve \-m [FILE]\fP\:: mark a file as having been resolved |
1633 -\%\fBhg resolve \-m [FILE]\fP\:: mark a file as having been resolved |
937 +\fBhg resolve \-m [FILE]\fP: mark a file as having been resolved |
1634 +\fBhg resolve \-m [FILE]\fP: mark a file as having been resolved |
938 (e.g. after having manually fixed\-up the files). The default is |
1635 (e.g. after having manually fixed\-up the files). The default is |
953 -merge conflicts. You must use \%\fBhg resolve \-m ...\fP\: before you can |
1650 -merge conflicts. You must use \%\fBhg resolve \-m ...\fP\: before you can |
954 +merge conflicts. You must use \fBhg resolve \-m ...\fP before you can |
1651 +merge conflicts. You must use \fBhg resolve \-m ...\fP before you can |
955 commit after a conflicting merge. |
1652 commit after a conflicting merge. |
956 .sp |
1653 .sp |
957 Returns 0 on success, 1 if any files fail a resolve attempt. |
1654 Returns 0 on success, 1 if any files fail a resolve attempt. |
958 @@ -2335,9 +2309,9 @@ |
1655 @@ -3104,14 +3085,15 @@ |
959 .SS revert |
1656 .SS revert |
960 .sp |
1657 .sp |
961 .nf |
1658 .nf |
962 -.ft C |
1659 -.ft C |
963 +.ft |
1660 +.ft |
964 hg revert [OPTION]... [\-r REV] [NAME]... |
1661 hg revert [OPTION]... [\-r REV] [NAME]... |
965 -.ft P |
1662 -.ft P |
966 +.ft |
1663 +.ft |
967 .fi |
1664 .fi |
1665 +.RS 0 |
|
968 .IP Note |
1666 .IP Note |
969 . |
1667 . |
970 @@ -2344,8 +2318,8 @@ |
1668 -To check out earlier revisions, you should use \%\fBhg update REV\fP\:. |
971 This command is most likely not what you are looking for. |
1669 -To cancel a merge (and lose your changes), use \%\fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP\:. |
972 Revert will partially overwrite content in the working |
1670 +To check out earlier revisions, you should use \fBhg update REV\fP. |
973 directory without changing the working directory parents. Use |
1671 +To cancel a merge (and lose your changes), use \fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP. |
974 -\%\fBhg update \-r rev\fP\: to check out earlier revisions, or |
|
975 -\%\fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP\: to undo a merge which has added another |
|
976 +\fBhg update \-r rev\fP to check out earlier revisions, or |
|
977 +\fBhg update \-\-clean .\fP to undo a merge which has added another |
|
978 parent. |
|
979 .RE |
1672 .RE |
980 .sp |
1673 .sp |
981 @@ -2358,8 +2332,8 @@ |
1674 With no revision specified, revert the specified files or directories |
982 .sp |
1675 @@ -3125,13 +3107,13 @@ |
983 Using the \-r/\-\-rev option, revert the given files or directories |
1676 directories to their states as of a specific revision. Because |
984 to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful |
1677 revert does not change the working directory parents, this will |
985 -to "roll back" some or all of an earlier change. See \%\fBhg help |
1678 cause these files to appear modified. This can be helpful to "back |
986 -dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
1679 -out" some or all of an earlier change. See \%\fBhg backout\fP\: for a |
987 +to "roll back" some or all of an earlier change. See \fBhg help |
1680 +out" some or all of an earlier change. See \fBhg backout\fP for a |
988 +dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
1681 related method. |
989 .sp |
1682 .sp |
990 Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any |
1683 Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting. |
991 changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you |
1684 To disable these backups, use \-\-no\-backup. |
992 @@ -2412,9 +2386,9 @@ |
1685 .sp |
1686 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
|
1687 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
|
1688 .sp |
|
1689 Returns 0 on success. |
|
1690 .sp |
|
1691 @@ -3169,9 +3151,9 @@ |
|
993 .SS rollback |
1692 .SS rollback |
994 .sp |
1693 .sp |
995 .nf |
1694 .nf |
996 -.ft C |
1695 -.ft C |
997 +.ft |
1696 +.ft |
999 -.ft P |
1698 -.ft P |
1000 +.ft |
1699 +.ft |
1001 .fi |
1700 .fi |
1002 .sp |
1701 .sp |
1003 This command should be used with care. There is only one level of |
1702 This command should be used with care. There is only one level of |
1004 @@ -2464,9 +2438,9 @@ |
1703 @@ -3203,7 +3185,7 @@ |
1704 .UNINDENT |
|
1705 .sp |
|
1706 To avoid permanent data loss, rollback will refuse to rollback a |
|
1707 -commit transaction if it isn\(aqt checked out. Use \-\-force to |
|
1708 +commit transaction if it isn't checked out. Use \-\-force to |
|
1709 override this protection. |
|
1710 .sp |
|
1711 This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once |
|
1712 @@ -3229,9 +3211,9 @@ |
|
1005 .SS root |
1713 .SS root |
1006 .sp |
1714 .sp |
1007 .nf |
1715 .nf |
1008 -.ft C |
1716 -.ft C |
1009 +.ft |
1717 +.ft |
1011 -.ft P |
1719 -.ft P |
1012 +.ft |
1720 +.ft |
1013 .fi |
1721 .fi |
1014 .sp |
1722 .sp |
1015 Print the root directory of the current repository. |
1723 Print the root directory of the current repository. |
1016 @@ -2475,9 +2449,9 @@ |
1724 @@ -3240,9 +3222,9 @@ |
1017 .SS serve |
1725 .SS serve |
1018 .sp |
1726 .sp |
1019 .nf |
1727 .nf |
1020 -.ft C |
1728 -.ft C |
1021 +.ft |
1729 +.ft |
1023 -.ft P |
1731 -.ft P |
1024 +.ft |
1732 +.ft |
1025 .fi |
1733 .fi |
1026 .sp |
1734 .sp |
1027 Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server. You can use |
1735 Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server. You can use |
1028 @@ -2571,9 +2545,9 @@ |
1736 @@ -3340,9 +3322,9 @@ |
1029 .SS showconfig |
1737 .SS showconfig |
1030 .sp |
1738 .sp |
1031 .nf |
1739 .nf |
1032 -.ft C |
1740 -.ft C |
1033 +.ft |
1741 +.ft |
1035 -.ft P |
1743 -.ft P |
1036 +.ft |
1744 +.ft |
1037 .fi |
1745 .fi |
1038 .sp |
1746 .sp |
1039 With no arguments, print names and values of all config items. |
1747 With no arguments, print names and values of all config items. |
1040 @@ -2601,9 +2575,9 @@ |
1748 @@ -3370,9 +3352,9 @@ |
1041 .SS status |
1749 .SS status |
1042 .sp |
1750 .sp |
1043 .nf |
1751 .nf |
1044 -.ft C |
1752 -.ft C |
1045 +.ft |
1753 +.ft |
1047 -.ft P |
1755 -.ft P |
1048 +.ft |
1756 +.ft |
1049 .fi |
1757 .fi |
1050 .sp |
1758 .sp |
1051 Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only |
1759 Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only |
1052 @@ -2631,7 +2605,7 @@ |
1760 @@ -3384,6 +3366,7 @@ |
1761 .sp |
|
1762 Option \-q/\-\-quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files |
|
1763 unless explicitly requested with \-u/\-\-unknown or \-i/\-\-ignored. |
|
1764 +.RS 0 |
|
1765 .IP Note |
|
1766 . |
|
1767 status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have |
|
1768 @@ -3400,7 +3383,7 @@ |
|
1053 The codes used to show the status of files are: |
1769 The codes used to show the status of files are: |
1054 .sp |
1770 .sp |
1055 .nf |
1771 .nf |
1056 -.ft C |
1772 -.ft C |
1057 +.ft |
1773 +.ft |
1058 M = modified |
1774 M = modified |
1059 A = added |
1775 A = added |
1060 R = removed |
1776 R = removed |
1061 @@ -2640,7 +2614,7 @@ |
1777 @@ -3409,7 +3392,7 @@ |
1062 ? = not tracked |
1778 ? = not tracked |
1063 I = ignored |
1779 I = ignored |
1064 = origin of the previous file listed as A (added) |
1780 = origin of the previous file listed as A (added) |
1065 -.ft P |
1781 -.ft P |
1066 +.ft |
1782 +.ft |
1067 .fi |
1783 .fi |
1068 .sp |
1784 .sp |
1069 Returns 0 on success. |
1785 Examples: |
1070 @@ -2717,9 +2691,9 @@ |
1786 @@ -3420,9 +3403,9 @@ |
1787 changeset: |
|
1788 .sp |
|
1789 .nf |
|
1790 -.ft C |
|
1791 +.ft |
|
1792 hg status \-\-rev 9353 |
|
1793 -.ft P |
|
1794 +.ft |
|
1795 .fi |
|
1796 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1797 . |
|
1798 @@ -3429,9 +3412,9 @@ |
|
1799 show all changes including copies in an existing changeset: |
|
1800 .sp |
|
1801 .nf |
|
1802 -.ft C |
|
1803 +.ft |
|
1804 hg status \-\-copies \-\-change 9353 |
|
1805 -.ft P |
|
1806 +.ft |
|
1807 .fi |
|
1808 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1809 . |
|
1810 @@ -3438,9 +3421,9 @@ |
|
1811 get a NUL separated list of added files, suitable for xargs: |
|
1812 .sp |
|
1813 .nf |
|
1814 -.ft C |
|
1815 +.ft |
|
1816 hg status \-an0 |
|
1817 -.ft P |
|
1818 +.ft |
|
1819 .fi |
|
1820 .UNINDENT |
|
1821 .sp |
|
1822 @@ -3518,9 +3501,9 @@ |
|
1071 .SS summary |
1823 .SS summary |
1072 .sp |
1824 .sp |
1073 .nf |
1825 .nf |
1074 -.ft C |
1826 -.ft C |
1075 +.ft |
1827 +.ft |
1077 -.ft P |
1829 -.ft P |
1078 +.ft |
1830 +.ft |
1079 .fi |
1831 .fi |
1080 .sp |
1832 .sp |
1081 This generates a brief summary of the working directory state, |
1833 This generates a brief summary of the working directory state, |
1082 @@ -2742,9 +2716,9 @@ |
1834 @@ -3543,9 +3526,9 @@ |
1083 .SS tag |
1835 .SS tag |
1084 .sp |
1836 .sp |
1085 .nf |
1837 .nf |
1086 -.ft C |
1838 -.ft C |
1087 +.ft |
1839 +.ft |
1089 -.ft P |
1841 -.ft P |
1090 +.ft |
1842 +.ft |
1091 .fi |
1843 .fi |
1092 .sp |
1844 .sp |
1093 Name a particular revision using <name>. |
1845 Name a particular revision using <name>. |
1094 @@ -2765,11 +2739,11 @@ |
1846 @@ -3566,11 +3549,11 @@ |
1095 repositories). |
1847 repositories). |
1096 .sp |
1848 .sp |
1097 Tag commits are usually made at the head of a branch. If the parent |
1849 Tag commits are usually made at the head of a branch. If the parent |
1098 -of the working directory is not a branch head, \%\fBhg tag\fP\: aborts; use |
1850 -of the working directory is not a branch head, \%\fBhg tag\fP\: aborts; use |
1099 +of the working directory is not a branch head, \fBhg tag\fP aborts; use |
1851 +of the working directory is not a branch head, \fBhg tag\fP aborts; use |
1103 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
1855 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
1104 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
1856 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
1105 .sp |
1857 .sp |
1106 Since tag names have priority over branch names during revision |
1858 Since tag names have priority over branch names during revision |
1107 lookup, using an existing branch name as a tag name is discouraged. |
1859 lookup, using an existing branch name as a tag name is discouraged. |
1108 @@ -2814,9 +2788,9 @@ |
1860 @@ -3615,9 +3598,9 @@ |
1109 .SS tags |
1861 .SS tags |
1110 .sp |
1862 .sp |
1111 .nf |
1863 .nf |
1112 -.ft C |
1864 -.ft C |
1113 +.ft |
1865 +.ft |
1115 -.ft P |
1867 -.ft P |
1116 +.ft |
1868 +.ft |
1117 .fi |
1869 .fi |
1118 .sp |
1870 .sp |
1119 This lists both regular and local tags. When the \-v/\-\-verbose |
1871 This lists both regular and local tags. When the \-v/\-\-verbose |
1120 @@ -2826,9 +2800,9 @@ |
1872 @@ -3627,9 +3610,9 @@ |
1121 .SS tip |
1873 .SS tip |
1122 .sp |
1874 .sp |
1123 .nf |
1875 .nf |
1124 -.ft C |
1876 -.ft C |
1125 +.ft |
1877 +.ft |
1127 -.ft P |
1879 -.ft P |
1128 +.ft |
1880 +.ft |
1129 .fi |
1881 .fi |
1130 .sp |
1882 .sp |
1131 The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset |
1883 The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset |
1132 @@ -2864,9 +2838,9 @@ |
1884 @@ -3665,9 +3648,9 @@ |
1133 .SS unbundle |
1885 .SS unbundle |
1134 .sp |
1886 .sp |
1135 .nf |
1887 .nf |
1136 -.ft C |
1888 -.ft C |
1137 +.ft |
1889 +.ft |
1139 -.ft P |
1891 -.ft P |
1140 +.ft |
1892 +.ft |
1141 .fi |
1893 .fi |
1142 .sp |
1894 .sp |
1143 Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the |
1895 Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the |
1144 @@ -2884,16 +2858,16 @@ |
1896 @@ -3685,24 +3668,24 @@ |
1145 .SS update |
1897 .SS update |
1146 .sp |
1898 .sp |
1147 .nf |
1899 .nf |
1148 -.ft C |
1900 -.ft C |
1149 +.ft |
1901 +.ft |
1153 .fi |
1905 .fi |
1154 .sp |
1906 .sp |
1155 -Update the repository\(aqs working directory to the specified |
1907 -Update the repository\(aqs working directory to the specified |
1156 +Update the repository's working directory to the specified |
1908 +Update the repository's working directory to the specified |
1157 changeset. If no changeset is specified, update to the tip of the |
1909 changeset. If no changeset is specified, update to the tip of the |
1158 current named branch. |
1910 -current named branch and move the current bookmark (see \%\fBhg help |
1911 -bookmarks\fP\:). |
|
1912 +current named branch and move the current bookmark (see \fBhg help |
|
1913 +bookmarks\fP). |
|
1159 .sp |
1914 .sp |
1160 -If the changeset is not a descendant of the working directory\(aqs |
1915 -If the changeset is not a descendant of the working directory\(aqs |
1161 +If the changeset is not a descendant of the working directory's |
1916 +If the changeset is not a descendant of the working directory's |
1162 parent, the update is aborted. With the \-c/\-\-check option, the |
1917 parent, the update is aborted. With the \-c/\-\-check option, the |
1163 working directory is checked for uncommitted changes; if none are |
1918 working directory is checked for uncommitted changes; if none are |
1164 found, the working directory is updated to the specified |
1919 found, the working directory is updated to the specified |
1165 @@ -2906,7 +2880,7 @@ |
1920 changeset. |
1921 .sp |
|
1922 -Update sets the working directory\(aqs parent revison to the specified |
|
1923 -changeset (see \%\fBhg help parents\fP\:). |
|
1924 +Update sets the working directory's parent revison to the specified |
|
1925 +changeset (see \fBhg help parents\fP). |
|
1926 .sp |
|
1927 The following rules apply when the working directory contains |
|
1928 uncommitted changes: |
|
1929 @@ -3711,7 +3694,7 @@ |
|
1166 . |
1930 . |
1167 If neither \-c/\-\-check nor \-C/\-\-clean is specified, and if |
1931 If neither \-c/\-\-check nor \-C/\-\-clean is specified, and if |
1168 the requested changeset is an ancestor or descendant of |
1932 the requested changeset is an ancestor or descendant of |
1169 -the working directory\(aqs parent, the uncommitted changes |
1933 -the working directory\(aqs parent, the uncommitted changes |
1170 +the working directory's parent, the uncommitted changes |
1934 +the working directory's parent, the uncommitted changes |
1171 are merged into the requested changeset and the merged |
1935 are merged into the requested changeset and the merged |
1172 result is left uncommitted. If the requested changeset is |
1936 result is left uncommitted. If the requested changeset is |
1173 not an ancestor or descendant (that is, it is on another |
1937 not an ancestor or descendant (that is, it is on another |
1174 @@ -2923,12 +2897,12 @@ |
1938 @@ -3728,12 +3711,12 @@ |
1175 .UNINDENT |
1939 .UNINDENT |
1176 .sp |
1940 .sp |
1177 Use null as the changeset to remove the working directory (like |
1941 Use null as the changeset to remove the working directory (like |
1178 -\%\fBhg clone \-U\fP\:). |
1942 -\%\fBhg clone \-U\fP\:). |
1179 +\fBhg clone \-U\fP). |
1943 +\fBhg clone \-U\fP). |
1180 .sp |
1944 .sp |
1181 If you want to update just one file to an older changeset, use |
1945 If you want to revert just one file to an older revision, use |
1182 -\%\fBhg revert\fP\:. |
1946 -\%\fBhg revert [\-r REV] NAME\fP\:. |
1183 +\fBhg revert\fP. |
1947 +\fBhg revert [\-r REV] NAME\fP. |
1184 .sp |
1948 .sp |
1185 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
1949 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
1186 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
1950 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
1187 .sp |
1951 .sp |
1188 Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files. |
1952 Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files. |
1189 .sp |
1953 .sp |
1190 @@ -2956,14 +2930,14 @@ |
1954 @@ -3761,14 +3744,14 @@ |
1191 .SS verify |
1955 .SS verify |
1192 .sp |
1956 .sp |
1193 .nf |
1957 .nf |
1194 -.ft C |
1958 -.ft C |
1195 +.ft |
1959 +.ft |
1203 -This will perform an extensive check of the repository\(aqs |
1967 -This will perform an extensive check of the repository\(aqs |
1204 +This will perform an extensive check of the repository's |
1968 +This will perform an extensive check of the repository's |
1205 integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in |
1969 integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in |
1206 the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the |
1970 the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the |
1207 integrity of their crosslinks and indices. |
1971 integrity of their crosslinks and indices. |
1208 @@ -2972,9 +2946,9 @@ |
1972 @@ -3777,9 +3760,9 @@ |
1209 .SS version |
1973 .SS version |
1210 .sp |
1974 .sp |
1211 .nf |
1975 .nf |
1212 -.ft C |
1976 -.ft C |
1213 +.ft |
1977 +.ft |
1215 -.ft P |
1979 -.ft P |
1216 +.ft |
1980 +.ft |
1217 .fi |
1981 .fi |
1218 .sp |
1982 .sp |
1219 output version and copyright information |
1983 output version and copyright information |
1220 @@ -3040,9 +3014,9 @@ |
1984 @@ -3838,7 +3821,7 @@ |
1221 the active user, Mercurial will warn you that the file is skipped: |
|
1222 .sp |
|
1223 .nf |
|
1224 -.ft C |
|
1225 +.ft |
|
1226 not trusting file <repo>/.hg/hgrc from untrusted user USER, group GROUP |
|
1227 -.ft P |
|
1228 +.ft |
|
1229 .fi |
|
1230 .sp |
|
1231 If this bothers you, the warning can be silenced (the file would still |
|
1232 @@ -3065,11 +3039,11 @@ |
|
1233 and followed by \fBname = value\fP entries: |
|
1234 .sp |
|
1235 .nf |
|
1236 -.ft C |
|
1237 +.ft |
|
1238 [ui] |
|
1239 username = Firstname Lastname <[email protected]> |
|
1240 verbose = True |
|
1241 -.ft P |
|
1242 +.ft |
|
1243 .fi |
|
1244 .sp |
|
1245 The above entries will be referred to as \fBui.username\fP and |
|
1246 @@ -3081,7 +3055,7 @@ |
|
1247 on Unix\-like systems: \fBman hgrc\fP |
|
1248 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1249 . |
|
1250 -online: \%http://www.selenic.com/mercurial/hgrc.5.html\: |
|
1251 +online: http://www.selenic.com/mercurial/hgrc.5.html |
|
1252 .UNINDENT |
|
1253 .SH DATE FORMATS |
|
1254 .sp |
|
1255 @@ -3138,7 +3112,7 @@ |
|
1256 \fB12/6/6\fP (Dec 6 2006) |
1985 \fB12/6/6\fP (Dec 6 2006) |
1257 .UNINDENT |
1986 .UNINDENT |
1258 .sp |
1987 .sp |
1259 -Lastly, there is Mercurial\(aqs internal format: |
1988 -Lastly, there is Mercurial\(aqs internal format: |
1260 +Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format: |
1989 +Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format: |
1261 .INDENT 0.0 |
1990 .INDENT 0.0 |
1262 .IP \(bu 2 |
1991 .IP \(bu 2 |
1263 . |
1992 . |
1264 @@ -3197,17 +3171,17 @@ |
1993 @@ -3867,7 +3850,7 @@ |
1265 Plain examples: |
|
1266 .sp |
|
1267 .nf |
|
1268 -.ft C |
|
1269 +.ft |
|
1270 path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root |
|
1271 of the repository |
|
1272 path:path:name a file or directory named "path:name" |
|
1273 -.ft P |
|
1274 +.ft |
|
1275 .fi |
|
1276 .sp |
|
1277 Glob examples: |
|
1278 .sp |
|
1279 .nf |
|
1280 -.ft C |
|
1281 +.ft |
|
1282 glob:*.c any name ending in ".c" in the current directory |
|
1283 *.c any name ending in ".c" in the current directory |
|
1284 **.c any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of the |
|
1285 @@ -3215,24 +3189,24 @@ |
|
1286 foo/*.c any name ending in ".c" in the directory foo |
|
1287 foo/**.c any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of foo |
|
1288 including itself. |
|
1289 -.ft P |
|
1290 +.ft |
|
1291 .fi |
|
1292 .sp |
|
1293 Regexp examples: |
|
1294 .sp |
|
1295 .nf |
|
1296 -.ft C |
|
1297 +.ft |
|
1298 re:.*\e.c$ any name ending in ".c", anywhere in the repository |
|
1299 -.ft P |
|
1300 +.ft |
|
1301 .fi |
|
1302 .sp |
|
1303 File examples: |
|
1304 .sp |
|
1305 .nf |
|
1306 -.ft C |
|
1307 +.ft |
|
1308 listfile:list.txt read list from list.txt with one file pattern per line |
|
1309 listfile0:list.txt read list from list.txt with null byte delimiters |
|
1310 -.ft P |
|
1311 +.ft |
|
1312 .fi |
|
1313 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES |
|
1314 .INDENT 0.0 |
|
1315 @@ -3239,10 +3213,10 @@ |
|
1316 .TP |
|
1317 .B HG |
|
1318 . |
|
1319 -Path to the \(aqhg\(aq executable, automatically passed when running |
|
1320 +Path to the 'hg' executable, automatically passed when running |
|
1321 hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is |
|
1322 -the hg executable\(aqs name if it\(aqs frozen, or an executable named |
|
1323 -\(aqhg\(aq (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on |
|
1324 +the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named |
|
1325 +\'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on |
|
1326 Windows) is searched. |
|
1327 .TP |
|
1328 .B HGEDITOR |
|
1329 @@ -3260,9 +3234,9 @@ |
|
1330 .TP |
|
1331 .B HGENCODINGMODE |
|
1332 . |
|
1333 -This sets Mercurial\(aqs behavior for handling unknown characters |
|
1334 +This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters |
|
1335 while transcoding user input. The default is "strict", which |
|
1336 -causes Mercurial to abort if it can\(aqt map a character. Other |
|
1337 +causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other |
|
1338 settings include "replace", which replaces unknown characters, and |
|
1339 "ignore", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with |
|
1340 the \-\-encodingmode command\-line option. |
|
1341 @@ -3269,7 +3243,7 @@ |
|
1342 .TP |
|
1343 .B HGENCODINGAMBIGUOUS |
|
1344 . |
|
1345 -This sets Mercurial\(aqs behavior for handling characters with |
|
1346 +This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling characters with |
|
1347 "ambiguous" widths like accented Latin characters with East Asian |
|
1348 fonts. By default, Mercurial assumes ambiguous characters are |
|
1349 narrow, set this variable to "wide" if such characters cause |
|
1350 @@ -3294,7 +3268,7 @@ |
|
1351 .INDENT 7.0 |
|
1352 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1353 . |
|
1354 -if it\(aqs a directory, all files ending with .rc are added |
|
1355 +if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added |
|
1356 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1357 . |
|
1358 otherwise, the file itself will be added |
|
1359 @@ -3303,7 +3277,7 @@ |
|
1360 .B HGPLAIN |
|
1361 . |
|
1362 When set, this disables any configuration settings that might |
|
1363 -change Mercurial\(aqs default output. This includes encoding, |
|
1364 +change Mercurial's default output. This includes encoding, |
|
1365 defaults, verbose mode, debug mode, quiet mode, tracebacks, and |
|
1366 localization. This can be useful when scripting against Mercurial |
|
1367 in the face of existing user configuration. |
|
1368 @@ -3354,7 +3328,7 @@ |
|
1369 editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment |
|
1370 variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first |
|
1371 non\-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor |
|
1372 -defaults to \(aqvi\(aq. |
|
1373 +defaults to 'vi'. |
|
1374 .TP |
|
1375 .B PYTHONPATH |
|
1376 . |
|
1377 @@ -3422,7 +3396,7 @@ |
|
1378 .sp |
|
1379 Special characters can be used in quoted identifiers by escaping them, |
|
1380 e.g., \fB\en\fP is interpreted as a newline. To prevent them from being |
|
1381 -interpreted, strings can be prefixed with \fBr\fP, e.g. \fBr\(aq...\(aq\fP. |
|
1382 +interpreted, strings can be prefixed with \fBr\fP, e.g. \fBr'...'\fP. |
|
1383 .sp |
|
1384 There is a single prefix operator: |
|
1385 .INDENT 0.0 |
|
1386 @@ -3468,10 +3442,10 @@ |
|
1387 .\" predicatesmarker |
|
1388 . |
|
1389 .sp |
|
1390 -Command line equivalents for \%\fBhg log\fP\:: |
|
1391 +Command line equivalents for \fBhg log\fP: |
|
1392 .sp |
|
1393 .nf |
|
1394 -.ft C |
|
1395 +.ft |
|
1396 \-f \-> ::. |
|
1397 \-d x \-> date(x) |
|
1398 \-k x \-> keyword(x) |
|
1399 @@ -3480,7 +3454,7 @@ |
|
1400 \-b x \-> branch(x) |
|
1401 \-P x \-> !::x |
|
1402 \-l x \-> limit(expr, x) |
|
1403 -.ft P |
|
1404 +.ft |
|
1405 .fi |
|
1406 .sp |
|
1407 Some sample queries: |
|
1408 @@ -3490,9 +3464,9 @@ |
|
1409 Changesets on the default branch: |
|
1410 .sp |
|
1411 .nf |
|
1412 -.ft C |
|
1413 +.ft |
|
1414 hg log \-r "branch(default)" |
|
1415 -.ft P |
|
1416 +.ft |
|
1417 .fi |
|
1418 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1419 . |
|
1420 @@ -3499,9 +3473,9 @@ |
|
1421 Changesets on the default branch since tag 1.5 (excluding merges): |
|
1422 .sp |
|
1423 .nf |
|
1424 -.ft C |
|
1425 +.ft |
|
1426 hg log \-r "branch(default) and 1.5:: and not merge()" |
|
1427 -.ft P |
|
1428 +.ft |
|
1429 .fi |
|
1430 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1431 . |
|
1432 @@ -3508,9 +3482,9 @@ |
|
1433 Open branch heads: |
|
1434 .sp |
|
1435 .nf |
|
1436 -.ft C |
|
1437 +.ft |
|
1438 hg log \-r "head() and not closed()" |
|
1439 -.ft P |
|
1440 +.ft |
|
1441 .fi |
|
1442 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1443 . |
|
1444 @@ -3518,9 +3492,9 @@ |
|
1445 \fBhgext/*\fP: |
|
1446 .sp |
|
1447 .nf |
|
1448 -.ft C |
|
1449 -hg log \-r "1.3::1.5 and keyword(bug) and file(\(aqhgext/*\(aq)" |
|
1450 -.ft P |
|
1451 +.ft |
|
1452 +hg log \-r "1.3::1.5 and keyword(bug) and file('hgext/*')" |
|
1453 +.ft |
|
1454 .fi |
|
1455 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1456 . |
|
1457 @@ -3527,9 +3501,9 @@ |
|
1458 Changesets in committed May 2008, sorted by user: |
|
1459 .sp |
|
1460 .nf |
|
1461 -.ft C |
|
1462 -hg log \-r "sort(date(\(aqMay 2008\(aq), user)" |
|
1463 -.ft P |
|
1464 +.ft |
|
1465 +hg log \-r "sort(date('May 2008'), user)" |
|
1466 +.ft |
|
1467 .fi |
|
1468 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1469 . |
|
1470 @@ -3537,14 +3511,14 @@ |
|
1471 release: |
|
1472 .sp |
|
1473 .nf |
|
1474 -.ft C |
|
1475 +.ft |
|
1476 hg log \-r "(keyword(bug) or keyword(issue)) and not ancestors(tagged())" |
|
1477 -.ft P |
|
1478 +.ft |
|
1479 .fi |
|
1480 .UNINDENT |
1994 .UNINDENT |
1481 .SH DIFF FORMATS |
1995 .SH DIFF FORMATS |
1482 .sp |
1996 .sp |
1483 -Mercurial\(aqs default format for showing changes between two versions of |
1997 -Mercurial\(aqs default format for showing changes between two versions of |
1484 +Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two versions of |
1998 +Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two versions of |
1485 a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU diff, which can be |
1999 a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU diff, which can be |
1486 used by GNU patch and many other standard tools. |
2000 used by GNU patch and many other standard tools. |
1487 .sp |
2001 .sp |
1488 @@ -3571,15 +3545,15 @@ |
2002 @@ -3894,15 +3877,15 @@ |
1489 format. |
2003 format. |
1490 .sp |
2004 .sp |
1491 This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository |
2005 This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository |
1492 -(e.g. with \%\fBhg export\fP\:), you should be careful about things like file |
2006 -(e.g. with \%\fBhg export\fP\:), you should be careful about things like file |
1493 +(e.g. with \fBhg export\fP), you should be careful about things like file |
2007 +(e.g. with \fBhg export\fP), you should be careful about things like file |
1501 To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the \-\-git |
2015 To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the \-\-git |
1502 -option available for many commands, or set \(aqgit = True\(aq in the [diff] |
2016 -option available for many commands, or set \(aqgit = True\(aq in the [diff] |
1503 +option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in the [diff] |
2017 +option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in the [diff] |
1504 section of your configuration file. You do not need to set this option |
2018 section of your configuration file. You do not need to set this option |
1505 when importing diffs in this format or using them in the mq extension. |
2019 when importing diffs in this format or using them in the mq extension. |
1506 .SH MERGE TOOLS |
2020 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES |
1507 @@ -3591,8 +3565,8 @@ |
2021 @@ -3910,10 +3893,10 @@ |
1508 ancestor of the two file versions, so they can determine the changes |
2022 .TP |
1509 made on both branches. |
2023 .B HG |
1510 .sp |
2024 . |
1511 -Merge tools are used both for \%\fBhg resolve\fP\:, \%\fBhg merge\fP\:, \%\fBhg update\fP\:, |
2025 -Path to the \(aqhg\(aq executable, automatically passed when running |
1512 -\%\fBhg backout\fP\: and in several extensions. |
2026 +Path to the 'hg' executable, automatically passed when running |
1513 +Merge tools are used both for \fBhg resolve\fP, \fBhg merge\fP, \fBhg update\fP, |
2027 hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is |
1514 +\fBhg backout\fP and in several extensions. |
2028 -the hg executable\(aqs name if it\(aqs frozen, or an executable named |
1515 .sp |
2029 -\(aqhg\(aq (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on |
1516 Usually, the merge tool tries to automatically reconcile the files by |
2030 +the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named |
1517 combining all non\-overlapping changes that occurred separately in |
2031 +'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on |
1518 @@ -3700,7 +3674,7 @@ |
2032 Windows) is searched. |
1519 .IP Note |
2033 .TP |
1520 . |
2034 .B HGEDITOR |
1521 After selecting a merge program, Mercurial will by default attempt |
2035 @@ -3931,9 +3914,9 @@ |
1522 -to merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it doesn\(aqt |
2036 .TP |
1523 +to merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it doesn't |
2037 .B HGENCODINGMODE |
1524 succeed because of conflicting changes Mercurial will actually execute the |
2038 . |
1525 merge program. Whether to use the simple merge algorithm first can be |
2039 -This sets Mercurial\(aqs behavior for handling unknown characters |
1526 controlled by the premerge setting of the merge tool. Premerge is enabled by |
2040 +This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters |
1527 @@ -3725,9 +3699,9 @@ |
2041 while transcoding user input. The default is "strict", which |
1528 Usage: |
2042 -causes Mercurial to abort if it can\(aqt map a character. Other |
1529 .sp |
2043 +causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other |
1530 .nf |
2044 settings include "replace", which replaces unknown characters, and |
1531 -.ft C |
2045 "ignore", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with |
1532 +.ft |
2046 the \-\-encodingmode command\-line option. |
1533 $ hg log \-r1 \-\-style changelog |
2047 @@ -3940,7 +3923,7 @@ |
1534 -.ft P |
2048 .TP |
1535 +.ft |
2049 .B HGENCODINGAMBIGUOUS |
1536 .fi |
2050 . |
1537 .sp |
2051 -This sets Mercurial\(aqs behavior for handling characters with |
1538 A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable |
2052 +This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling characters with |
1539 @@ -3734,10 +3708,10 @@ |
2053 "ambiguous" widths like accented Latin characters with East Asian |
1540 expansion: |
2054 fonts. By default, Mercurial assumes ambiguous characters are |
1541 .sp |
2055 narrow, set this variable to "wide" if such characters cause |
1542 .nf |
2056 @@ -3965,7 +3948,7 @@ |
1543 -.ft C |
2057 .INDENT 7.0 |
1544 +.ft |
2058 .IP \(bu 2 |
1545 $ hg log \-r1 \-\-template "{node}\en" |
2059 . |
1546 b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746 |
2060 -if it\(aqs a directory, all files ending with .rc are added |
1547 -.ft P |
2061 +if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added |
1548 +.ft |
2062 .IP \(bu 2 |
1549 .fi |
2063 . |
1550 .sp |
2064 otherwise, the file itself will be added |
1551 Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of |
2065 @@ -3974,7 +3957,7 @@ |
1552 @@ -3834,15 +3808,15 @@ |
2066 .B HGPLAIN |
1553 The "date" keyword does not produce human\-readable output. If you |
2067 . |
1554 want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process |
2068 When set, this disables any configuration settings that might |
1555 it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input |
2069 -change Mercurial\(aqs default output. This includes encoding, |
1556 -variable. Be sure to use the stringify filter first when you\(aqre |
2070 +change Mercurial's default output. This includes encoding, |
1557 +variable. Be sure to use the stringify filter first when you're |
2071 defaults, verbose mode, debug mode, quiet mode, tracebacks, and |
1558 applying a string\-input filter to a list\-like input variable. |
2072 localization. This can be useful when scripting against Mercurial |
1559 You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired output: |
2073 in the face of existing user configuration. |
1560 .sp |
2074 @@ -4034,7 +4017,7 @@ |
1561 .nf |
2075 editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment |
1562 -.ft C |
2076 variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first |
1563 +.ft |
2077 non\-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor |
1564 $ hg tip \-\-template "{date|isodate}\en" |
2078 -defaults to \(aqvi\(aq. |
1565 2008\-08\-21 18:22 +0000 |
2079 +defaults to 'vi'. |
1566 -.ft P |
2080 .TP |
1567 +.ft |
2081 .B PYTHONPATH |
1568 .fi |
2082 . |
1569 .sp |
2083 @@ -4061,19 +4044,19 @@ |
1570 List of filters: |
|
1571 @@ -3911,7 +3885,7 @@ |
|
1572 .TP |
|
1573 .B nonempty |
|
1574 . |
|
1575 -Any text. Returns \(aq(none)\(aq if the string is empty. |
|
1576 +Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty. |
|
1577 .TP |
|
1578 .B hgdate |
|
1579 . |
|
1580 @@ -3989,24 +3963,24 @@ |
|
1581 Valid URLs are of the form: |
|
1582 .sp |
|
1583 .nf |
|
1584 -.ft C |
|
1585 +.ft |
|
1586 local/filesystem/path[#revision] |
|
1587 file://local/filesystem/path[#revision] |
|
1588 http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision] |
|
1589 https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision] |
|
1590 ssh://[user@]host[:port]/[path][#revision] |
|
1591 -.ft P |
|
1592 +.ft |
|
1593 .fi |
|
1594 .sp |
|
1595 Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial |
|
1596 -repositories or to bundle files (as created by \%\fBhg bundle\fP\: or :hg:\(ga |
|
1597 -incoming \-\-bundle\(ga). See also \%\fBhg help paths\fP\:. |
|
1598 +repositories or to bundle files (as created by \fBhg bundle\fP or :hg:\(ga |
|
1599 +incoming \-\-bundle\(ga). See also \fBhg help paths\fP. |
|
1600 .sp |
|
1601 An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag, or |
|
1602 -changeset to use from the remote repository. See also \%\fBhg help |
|
1603 -revisions\fP\:. |
|
1604 +changeset to use from the remote repository. See also \fBhg help |
|
1605 +revisions\fP. |
|
1606 .sp |
|
1607 -Some features, such as pushing to \%http://\: and \%https://\: URLs are only |
|
1608 +Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are only |
|
1609 possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote Mercurial |
|
1610 server. |
|
1611 .sp |
|
1612 @@ -4021,26 +3995,26 @@ |
|
1613 and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as remotecmd. |
|
1614 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1615 . |
|
1616 -path is relative to the remote user\(aqs home directory by default. Use |
|
1617 +path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default. Use |
|
1618 an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path: |
|
1619 .sp |
|
1620 .nf |
|
1621 -.ft C |
|
1622 +.ft |
|
1623 ssh://example.com//tmp/repository |
|
1624 -.ft P |
|
1625 +.ft |
|
1626 .fi |
|
1627 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1628 . |
|
1629 -Mercurial doesn\(aqt use its own compression via SSH; the right thing |
|
1630 +Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right thing |
|
1631 to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.: |
|
1632 .sp |
|
1633 .nf |
|
1634 -.ft C |
|
1635 +.ft |
|
1636 Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com |
|
1637 Compression no |
|
1638 Host * |
|
1639 Compression yes |
|
1640 -.ft P |
|
1641 +.ft |
|
1642 .fi |
|
1643 .sp |
|
1644 Alternatively specify "ssh \-C" as your ssh command in your |
|
1645 @@ -4051,16 +4025,16 @@ |
|
1646 aliases under the [paths] section like so: |
|
1647 .sp |
|
1648 .nf |
|
1649 -.ft C |
|
1650 +.ft |
|
1651 [paths] |
|
1652 alias1 = URL1 |
|
1653 alias2 = URL2 |
|
1654 \&... |
|
1655 -.ft P |
|
1656 +.ft |
|
1657 .fi |
|
1658 .sp |
|
1659 You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for |
|
1660 -example \%\fBhg pull alias1\fP\: will be treated as \%\fBhg pull URL1\fP\:). |
|
1661 +example \fBhg pull alias1\fP will be treated as \fBhg pull URL1\fP). |
|
1662 .sp |
|
1663 Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults when |
|
1664 you do not provide the URL to a command: |
|
1665 @@ -4069,14 +4043,14 @@ |
|
1666 .B default: |
|
1667 . |
|
1668 When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command saves |
|
1669 -the location of the source repository as the new repository\(aqs |
|
1670 -\(aqdefault\(aq path. This is then used when you omit path from push\- and |
|
1671 +the location of the source repository as the new repository's |
|
1672 +\'default' path. This is then used when you omit path from push\- and |
|
1673 pull\-like commands (including incoming and outgoing). |
|
1674 .TP |
|
1675 .B default\-push: |
|
1676 . |
|
1677 -The push command will look for a path named \(aqdefault\-push\(aq, and |
|
1678 -prefer it over \(aqdefault\(aq if both are defined. |
|
1679 +The push command will look for a path named 'default\-push', and |
|
1680 +prefer it over 'default' if both are defined. |
|
1681 .UNINDENT |
|
1682 .SH USING ADDITIONAL FEATURES |
|
1683 .sp |
|
1684 @@ -4098,19 +4072,19 @@ |
|
1685 like this: |
2084 like this: |
1686 .sp |
2085 .sp |
1687 .nf |
2086 .nf |
1688 -.ft C |
2087 -.ft C |
1689 +.ft |
2088 +.ft |
1703 -.ft P |
2102 -.ft P |
1704 +.ft |
2103 +.ft |
1705 .fi |
2104 .fi |
1706 .sp |
2105 .sp |
1707 To explicitly disable an extension enabled in a configuration file of |
2106 To explicitly disable an extension enabled in a configuration file of |
1708 @@ -4117,13 +4091,13 @@ |
2107 @@ -4080,13 +4063,13 @@ |
1709 broader scope, prepend its path with !: |
2108 broader scope, prepend its path with !: |
1710 .sp |
2109 .sp |
1711 .nf |
2110 .nf |
1712 -.ft C |
2111 -.ft C |
1713 +.ft |
2112 +.ft |
1719 -.ft P |
2118 -.ft P |
1720 +.ft |
2119 +.ft |
1721 .fi |
2120 .fi |
1722 .sp |
2121 .sp |
1723 disabled extensions: |
2122 disabled extensions: |
1724 @@ -4189,7 +4163,7 @@ |
2123 @@ -4156,7 +4139,7 @@ |
1725 .TP |
2124 .TP |
1726 .B inotify |
2125 .B inotify |
1727 . |
2126 . |
1728 -accelerate status report using Linux\(aqs inotify service |
2127 -accelerate status report using Linux\(aqs inotify service |
1729 +accelerate status report using Linux's inotify service |
2128 +accelerate status report using Linux's inotify service |
1730 .TP |
2129 .TP |
1731 .B interhg |
2130 .B interhg |
1732 . |
2131 . |
1733 @@ -4287,7 +4261,7 @@ |
2132 @@ -4238,7 +4221,7 @@ |
1734 .INDENT 3.0 |
2133 files. |
1735 .INDENT 3.5 |
2134 .sp |
1736 .sp |
2135 Like other file patterns, this pattern type is indicated by a prefix, |
1737 -path/to/nested = \%https://example.com/nested/repo/path\: |
2136 -\(aqset:\(aq. The language supports a number of predicates which are joined |
1738 +path/to/nested = https://example.com/nested/repo/path |
2137 +'set:'. The language supports a number of predicates which are joined |
2138 by infix operators. Parenthesis can be used for grouping. |
|
2139 .sp |
|
2140 Identifiers such as filenames or patterns must be quoted with single |
|
2141 @@ -4249,7 +4232,7 @@ |
|
2142 .sp |
|
2143 Special characters can be used in quoted identifiers by escaping them, |
|
2144 e.g., \fB\en\fP is interpreted as a newline. To prevent them from being |
|
2145 -interpreted, strings can be prefixed with \fBr\fP, e.g. \fBr\(aq...\(aq\fP. |
|
2146 +interpreted, strings can be prefixed with \fBr\fP, e.g. \fBr'...'\fP. |
|
2147 .sp |
|
2148 There is a single prefix operator: |
|
2149 .INDENT 0.0 |
|
2150 @@ -4377,9 +4360,9 @@ |
|
2151 Show status of files that appear to be binary in the working directory: |
|
2152 .sp |
|
2153 .nf |
|
2154 -.ft C |
|
2155 +.ft |
|
2156 hg status \-A "set:binary()" |
|
2157 -.ft P |
|
2158 +.ft |
|
2159 .fi |
|
2160 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
2161 . |
|
2162 @@ -4386,9 +4369,9 @@ |
|
2163 Forget files that are in .hgignore but are already tracked: |
|
2164 .sp |
|
2165 .nf |
|
2166 -.ft C |
|
2167 +.ft |
|
2168 hg forget "set:hgignore() and not ignored()" |
|
2169 -.ft P |
|
2170 +.ft |
|
2171 .fi |
|
2172 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
2173 . |
|
2174 @@ -4395,9 +4378,9 @@ |
|
2175 Find text files that contain a string: |
|
2176 .sp |
|
2177 .nf |
|
2178 -.ft C |
|
2179 +.ft |
|
2180 hg locate "set:grep(magic) and not binary()" |
|
2181 -.ft P |
|
2182 +.ft |
|
2183 .fi |
|
2184 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
2185 . |
|
2186 @@ -4404,9 +4387,9 @@ |
|
2187 Find C files in a non\-standard encoding: |
|
2188 .sp |
|
2189 .nf |
|
2190 -.ft C |
|
2191 -hg locate "set:**.c and not encoding(\(aqUTF\-8\(aq)" |
|
2192 -.ft P |
|
2193 +.ft |
|
2194 +hg locate "set:**.c and not encoding('UTF\-8')" |
|
2195 +.ft |
|
2196 .fi |
|
2197 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
2198 . |
|
2199 @@ -4413,9 +4396,9 @@ |
|
2200 Revert copies of large binary files: |
|
2201 .sp |
|
2202 .nf |
|
2203 -.ft C |
|
2204 -hg revert "set:copied() and binary() and size(\(aq>1M\(aq)" |
|
2205 -.ft P |
|
2206 +.ft |
|
2207 +hg revert "set:copied() and binary() and size('>1M')" |
|
2208 +.ft |
|
2209 .fi |
|
2210 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
2211 . |
|
2212 @@ -4422,13 +4405,13 @@ |
|
2213 Remove files listed in foo.lst that contain the letter a or b: |
|
2214 .sp |
|
2215 .nf |
|
2216 -.ft C |
|
2217 -hg remove "set: \(aqlistfile:foo.lst\(aq and (**a* or **b*)" |
|
2218 -.ft P |
|
2219 +.ft |
|
2220 +hg remove "set: 'listfile:foo.lst' and (**a* or **b*)" |
|
2221 +.ft |
|
2222 .fi |
|
1739 .UNINDENT |
2223 .UNINDENT |
1740 .UNINDENT |
2224 .sp |
1741 .sp |
2225 -See also \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\:. |
1742 @@ -4362,7 +4336,7 @@ |
2226 +See also \fBhg help patterns\fP. |
1743 their state and finally committing it in the parent |
2227 .SH GLOSSARY |
1744 repository. Mercurial can be made to abort if any subrepository |
|
1745 content is modified by setting "ui.commitsubrepos=no" in a |
|
1746 -configuration file (see \%\fBhg help config\fP\:). |
|
1747 +configuration file (see \fBhg help config\fP). |
|
1748 .TP |
|
1749 .B diff |
|
1750 . |
|
1751 @@ -4386,7 +4360,7 @@ |
|
1752 .B pull |
|
1753 . |
|
1754 pull is not recursive since it is not clear what to pull prior |
|
1755 -to running \%\fBhg update\fP\:. Listing and retrieving all |
|
1756 +to running \fBhg update\fP. Listing and retrieving all |
|
1757 subrepositories changes referenced by the parent repository pulled |
|
1758 changesets is expensive at best, impossible in the Subversion |
|
1759 case. |
|
1760 @@ -4423,7 +4397,7 @@ |
|
1761 hgrc(5) for more details. |
|
1762 .SH CONFIGURING HGWEB |
|
1763 .sp |
|
1764 -Mercurial\(aqs internal web server, hgweb, can serve either a single |
|
1765 +Mercurial's internal web server, hgweb, can serve either a single |
|
1766 repository, or a collection of them. In the latter case, a special |
|
1767 configuration file can be used to specify the repository paths to use |
|
1768 and global web configuration options. |
|
1769 @@ -4447,7 +4421,7 @@ |
|
1770 .UNINDENT |
|
1771 .sp |
|
1772 The \fBweb\fP section can specify all the settings described in the web |
|
1773 -section of the hgrc(5) documentation. See \%\fBhg help config\fP\: for |
|
1774 +section of the hgrc(5) documentation. See \fBhg help config\fP\: for |
|
1775 information on where to find the manual page. |
|
1776 .sp |
|
1777 The \fBpaths\fP section provides mappings of physical repository |
|
1778 @@ -4454,7 +4428,7 @@ |
|
1779 paths to virtual ones. For instance: |
|
1780 .sp |
|
1781 .nf |
|
1782 -.ft C |
|
1783 +.ft |
|
1784 [paths] |
|
1785 projects/a = /foo/bar |
|
1786 projects/b = /baz/quux |
|
1787 @@ -4461,7 +4435,7 @@ |
|
1788 web/root = /real/root/* |
|
1789 / = /real/root2/* |
|
1790 virtual/root2 = /real/root2/** |
|
1791 -.ft P |
|
1792 +.ft |
|
1793 .fi |
|
1794 .INDENT 0.0 |
2228 .INDENT 0.0 |
1795 .IP \(bu 2 |
2229 .TP |
1796 @@ -4470,14 +4444,14 @@ |
2230 @@ -4438,7 +4421,7 @@ |
1797 appear under the same directory in the web interface |
|
1798 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1799 . |
|
1800 -The third entry maps every Mercurial repository found in \(aq/real/root\(aq |
|
1801 -into \(aqweb/root\(aq. This format is preferred over the [collections] one, |
|
1802 +The third entry maps every Mercurial repository found in '/real/root' |
|
1803 +into 'web/root'. This format is preferred over the [collections] one, |
|
1804 since using absolute paths as configuration keys is not supported on every |
|
1805 platform (especially on Windows). |
|
1806 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1807 . |
|
1808 The fourth entry is a special case mapping all repositories in |
|
1809 -\(aq/real/root2\(aq in the root of the virtual directory. |
|
1810 +\'/real/root2' in the root of the virtual directory. |
|
1811 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
1812 . |
|
1813 The fifth entry recursively finds all repositories under the real |
|
1814 @@ -4489,10 +4463,10 @@ |
|
1815 preferred. For instance: |
|
1816 .sp |
|
1817 .nf |
|
1818 -.ft C |
|
1819 +.ft |
|
1820 [collections] |
|
1821 /foo = /foo |
|
1822 -.ft P |
|
1823 +.ft |
|
1824 .fi |
|
1825 .sp |
|
1826 Here, the left side will be stripped off all repositories found in the |
|
1827 @@ -4507,15 +4481,15 @@ |
|
1828 changesets from a given changeset. More precisely, the ancestors |
2231 changesets from a given changeset. More precisely, the ancestors |
1829 of a changeset can be defined by two properties: a parent of a |
2232 of a changeset can be defined by two properties: a parent of a |
1830 changeset is an ancestor, and a parent of an ancestor is an |
2233 changeset is an ancestor, and a parent of an ancestor is an |
1831 -ancestor. See also: \(aqDescendant\(aq. |
2234 -ancestor. See also: \(aqDescendant\(aq. |
1832 +ancestor. See also: 'Descendant'. |
2235 +ancestor. See also: 'Descendant'. |
1833 .TP |
2236 .TP |
1834 .B Branch |
2237 .B Bookmark |
2238 . |
|
2239 @@ -4445,7 +4428,7 @@ |
|
2240 Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when |
|
2241 committing. They are similar to tags in that it is possible to use |
|
2242 bookmark names in all places where Mercurial expects a changeset |
|
2243 -ID, e.g., with \%\fBhg update\fP\:. Unlike tags, bookmarks move along |
|
2244 +ID, e.g., with \fBhg update\fP. Unlike tags, bookmarks move along |
|
2245 when you make a commit. |
|
2246 .sp |
|
2247 Bookmarks can be renamed, copied and deleted. Bookmarks are local, |
|
2248 @@ -4457,9 +4440,9 @@ |
|
1835 . |
2249 . |
1836 (Noun) A child changeset that has been created from a parent that |
2250 (Noun) A child changeset that has been created from a parent that |
1837 is not a head. These are known as topological branches, see |
2251 is not a head. These are known as topological branches, see |
1838 -\(aqBranch, topological\(aq. If a topological branch is named, it becomes |
2252 -\(aqBranch, topological\(aq. If a topological branch is named, it becomes |
1839 +\'Branch, topological'. If a topological branch is named, it becomes |
2253 +'Branch, topological'. If a topological branch is named, it becomes |
1840 a named branch. If a topological branch is not named, it becomes |
2254 a named branch. If a topological branch is not named, it becomes |
1841 -an anonymous branch. See \(aqBranch, anonymous\(aq and \(aqBranch, named\(aq. |
2255 -an anonymous branch. See \(aqBranch, anonymous\(aq and \(aqBranch, named\(aq. |
1842 +an anonymous branch. See 'Branch, anonymous' and 'Branch, named'. |
2256 +an anonymous branch. See 'Branch, anonymous' and 'Branch, named'. |
1843 .sp |
2257 .sp |
1844 Branches may be created when changes are pulled from or pushed to |
2258 Branches may be created when changes are pulled from or pushed to |
1845 a remote repository, since new heads may be created by these |
2259 a remote repository, since new heads may be created by these |
1846 @@ -4530,7 +4504,7 @@ |
2260 @@ -4474,7 +4457,7 @@ |
1847 (Verb) The action of creating a child changeset which results in |
2261 (Verb) The action of creating a child changeset which results in |
1848 its parent having more than one child. |
2262 its parent having more than one child. |
1849 .sp |
2263 .sp |
1850 -Example: "I\(aqm going to branch at X". |
2264 -Example: "I\(aqm going to branch at X". |
1851 +Example: "I'm going to branch at X". |
2265 +Example: "I'm going to branch at X". |
1852 .TP |
2266 .TP |
1853 .B Branch, anonymous |
2267 .B Branch, anonymous |
1854 . |
2268 . |
1855 @@ -4549,19 +4523,19 @@ |
2269 @@ -4493,19 +4476,19 @@ |
1856 .TP |
2270 .TP |
1857 .B Branch head |
2271 .B Branch head |
1858 . |
2272 . |
1859 -See \(aqHead, branch\(aq. |
2273 -See \(aqHead, branch\(aq. |
1860 +See 'Head, branch'. |
2274 +See 'Head, branch'. |
1875 +Branches should now be explicitly closed using \fBhg commit |
2289 +Branches should now be explicitly closed using \fBhg commit |
1876 +\-\-close\-branch\fP when they are no longer needed. |
2290 +\-\-close\-branch\fP when they are no longer needed. |
1877 .TP |
2291 .TP |
1878 .B Branch, named |
2292 .B Branch, named |
1879 . |
2293 . |
1880 @@ -4568,8 +4542,8 @@ |
2294 @@ -4512,8 +4495,8 @@ |
1881 A collection of changesets which have the same branch name. By |
2295 A collection of changesets which have the same branch name. By |
1882 default, children of a changeset in a named branch belong to the |
2296 default, children of a changeset in a named branch belong to the |
1883 same named branch. A child can be explicitly assigned to a |
2297 same named branch. A child can be explicitly assigned to a |
1884 -different branch. See \%\fBhg help branch\fP\:, \%\fBhg help branches\fP\: and |
2298 -different branch. See \%\fBhg help branch\fP\:, \%\fBhg help branches\fP\: and |
1885 -\%\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP\: for more information on managing |
2299 -\%\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP\: for more information on managing |
1886 +different branch. See \fBhg help branch\fP, \fBhg help branches\fP and |
2300 +different branch. See \fBhg help branch\fP, \fBhg help branches\fP and |
1887 +\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP for more information on managing |
2301 +\fBhg commit \-\-close\-branch\fP for more information on managing |
1888 branches. |
2302 branches. |
1889 .sp |
2303 .sp |
1890 Named branches can be thought of as a kind of namespace, dividing |
2304 Named branches can be thought of as a kind of namespace, dividing |
1891 @@ -4582,7 +4556,7 @@ |
2305 @@ -4526,7 +4509,7 @@ |
1892 .TP |
2306 .TP |
1893 .B Branch tip |
2307 .B Branch tip |
1894 . |
2308 . |
1895 -See \(aqTip, branch\(aq. |
2309 -See \(aqTip, branch\(aq. |
1896 +See 'Tip, branch'. |
2310 +See 'Tip, branch'. |
1897 .TP |
2311 .TP |
1898 .B Branch, topological |
2312 .B Branch, topological |
1899 . |
2313 . |
1900 @@ -4632,24 +4606,24 @@ |
2314 @@ -4576,24 +4559,24 @@ |
1901 revision. This use should probably be avoided where possible, as |
2315 revision. This use should probably be avoided where possible, as |
1902 changeset is much more appropriate than checkout in this context. |
2316 changeset is much more appropriate than checkout in this context. |
1903 .sp |
2317 .sp |
1904 -Example: "I\(aqm using checkout X." |
2318 -Example: "I\(aqm using checkout X." |
1905 +Example: "I'm using checkout X." |
2319 +Example: "I'm using checkout X." |
1916 -See \(aqChangeset, child\(aq. |
2330 -See \(aqChangeset, child\(aq. |
1917 +See 'Changeset, child'. |
2331 +See 'Changeset, child'. |
1918 .TP |
2332 .TP |
1919 .B Close changeset |
2333 .B Close changeset |
1920 . |
2334 . |
1921 -See \(aqChangeset, close\(aq. |
2335 -See \(aqHead, closed branch\(aq |
1922 +See 'Changeset, close'. |
2336 +See 'Head, closed branch' |
1923 .TP |
2337 .TP |
1924 .B Closed branch |
2338 .B Closed branch |
1925 . |
2339 . |
1926 -See \(aqBranch, closed\(aq. |
2340 -See \(aqBranch, closed\(aq. |
1927 +See 'Branch, closed'. |
2341 +See 'Branch, closed'. |
1928 .TP |
2342 .TP |
1929 .B Clone |
2343 .B Clone |
1930 . |
2344 . |
1931 @@ -4658,13 +4632,13 @@ |
2345 @@ -4602,13 +4585,13 @@ |
1932 .sp |
2346 .sp |
1933 Example: "Is your clone up to date?". |
2347 Example: "Is your clone up to date?". |
1934 .sp |
2348 .sp |
1935 -(Verb) The process of creating a clone, using \%\fBhg clone\fP\:. |
2349 -(Verb) The process of creating a clone, using \%\fBhg clone\fP\:. |
1936 +(Verb) The process of creating a clone, using \fBhg clone\fP. |
2350 +(Verb) The process of creating a clone, using \fBhg clone\fP. |
1943 -See \(aqHead, closed branch\(aq. |
2357 -See \(aqHead, closed branch\(aq. |
1944 +See 'Head, closed branch'. |
2358 +See 'Head, closed branch'. |
1945 .TP |
2359 .TP |
1946 .B Commit |
2360 .B Commit |
1947 . |
2361 . |
1948 @@ -4689,13 +4663,13 @@ |
2362 @@ -4633,13 +4616,13 @@ |
1949 system (DVCS) can be described as a directed acyclic graph (DAG), |
2363 system (DVCS) can be described as a directed acyclic graph (DAG), |
1950 consisting of nodes and edges, where nodes correspond to |
2364 consisting of nodes and edges, where nodes correspond to |
1951 changesets and edges imply a parent \-> child relation. This graph |
2365 changesets and edges imply a parent \-> child relation. This graph |
1952 -can be visualized by graphical tools such as \%\fBhg glog\fP\: |
2366 -can be visualized by graphical tools such as \%\fBhg glog\fP\: |
1953 +can be visualized by graphical tools such as \fBhg glog\fP |
2367 +can be visualized by graphical tools such as \fBhg glog\fP |
1959 -See \(aqBranch, default\(aq. |
2373 -See \(aqBranch, default\(aq. |
1960 +See 'Branch, default'. |
2374 +See 'Branch, default'. |
1961 .TP |
2375 .TP |
1962 .B Descendant |
2376 .B Descendant |
1963 . |
2377 . |
1964 @@ -4703,7 +4677,7 @@ |
2378 @@ -4647,7 +4630,7 @@ |
1965 from a given changeset. More precisely, the descendants of a |
2379 from a given changeset. More precisely, the descendants of a |
1966 changeset can be defined by two properties: the child of a |
2380 changeset can be defined by two properties: the child of a |
1967 changeset is a descendant, and the child of a descendant is a |
2381 changeset is a descendant, and the child of a descendant is a |
1968 -descendant. See also: \(aqAncestor\(aq. |
2382 -descendant. See also: \(aqAncestor\(aq. |
1969 +descendant. See also: 'Ancestor'. |
2383 +descendant. See also: 'Ancestor'. |
1970 .TP |
2384 .TP |
1971 .B Diff |
2385 .B Diff |
1972 . |
2386 . |
1973 @@ -4728,19 +4702,19 @@ |
2387 @@ -4672,7 +4655,7 @@ |
1974 Mercurial, that will be recorded in the next commit. The working |
2388 Mercurial, that will be recorded in the next commit. The working |
1975 directory initially corresponds to the snapshot at an existing |
2389 directory initially corresponds to the snapshot at an existing |
1976 changeset, known as the parent of the working directory. See |
2390 changeset, known as the parent of the working directory. See |
1977 -\(aqParent, working directory\(aq. The state may be modified by changes |
2391 -\(aqParent, working directory\(aq. The state may be modified by changes |
1978 +\'Parent, working directory'. The state may be modified by changes |
2392 +'Parent, working directory'. The state may be modified by changes |
1979 to the files introduced manually or by a merge. The repository |
2393 to the files introduced manually or by a merge. The repository |
1980 metadata exists in the .hg directory inside the working directory. |
2394 metadata exists in the .hg directory inside the working directory. |
2395 .TP |
|
2396 @@ -4680,17 +4663,17 @@ |
|
2397 . |
|
2398 Changesets in the draft phase have not been shared with publishing |
|
2399 repositories and may thus be safely changed by history\-modifying |
|
2400 -extensions. See \%\fBhg help phases\fP\:. |
|
2401 +extensions. See \fBhg help phases\fP. |
|
1981 .TP |
2402 .TP |
1982 .B Graph |
2403 .B Graph |
1983 . |
2404 . |
1984 -See DAG and \%\fBhg help graphlog\fP\:. |
2405 -See DAG and \%\fBhg help graphlog\fP\:. |
1985 +See DAG and \fBhg help graphlog\fP. |
2406 +See DAG and \fBhg help graphlog\fP. |
1989 -The term \(aqhead\(aq may be used to refer to both a branch head or a |
2410 -The term \(aqhead\(aq may be used to refer to both a branch head or a |
1990 -repository head, depending on the context. See \(aqHead, branch\(aq and |
2411 -repository head, depending on the context. See \(aqHead, branch\(aq and |
1991 -\(aqHead, repository\(aq for specific definitions. |
2412 -\(aqHead, repository\(aq for specific definitions. |
1992 +The term 'head' may be used to refer to both a branch head or a |
2413 +The term 'head' may be used to refer to both a branch head or a |
1993 +repository head, depending on the context. See 'Head, branch' and |
2414 +repository head, depending on the context. See 'Head, branch' and |
1994 +\'Head, repository' for specific definitions. |
2415 +'Head, repository' for specific definitions. |
1995 .sp |
2416 .sp |
1996 Heads are where development generally takes place and are the |
2417 Heads are where development generally takes place and are the |
1997 usual targets for update and merge operations. |
2418 usual targets for update and merge operations. |
1998 @@ -4752,9 +4726,9 @@ |
2419 @@ -4702,9 +4685,9 @@ |
1999 .B Head, closed branch |
2420 .B Head, closed branch |
2000 . |
2421 . |
2001 A changeset that marks a head as no longer interesting. The closed |
2422 A changeset that marks a head as no longer interesting. The closed |
2002 -head is no longer listed by \%\fBhg heads\fP\:. A branch is considered |
2423 -head is no longer listed by \%\fBhg heads\fP\:. A branch is considered |
2003 +head is no longer listed by \fBhg heads\fP. A branch is considered |
2424 +head is no longer listed by \fBhg heads\fP. A branch is considered |
2004 closed when all its heads are closed and consequently is not |
2425 closed when all its heads are closed and consequently is not |
2005 -listed by \%\fBhg branches\fP\:. |
2426 -listed by \%\fBhg branches\fP\:. |
2006 +listed by \fBhg branches\fP. |
2427 +listed by \fBhg branches\fP. |
2007 .TP |
2428 .sp |
2008 .B Head, repository |
2429 Closed heads can be re\-opened by committing new changeset as the |
2009 . |
2430 child of the changeset that marks a head as closed. |
2010 @@ -4780,11 +4754,11 @@ |
2431 @@ -4733,11 +4716,11 @@ |
2011 .TP |
2432 .TP |
2012 .B Immutable history |
2433 .B Immutable history |
2013 . |
2434 . |
2014 -See \(aqHistory, immutable\(aq. |
2435 -See \(aqHistory, immutable\(aq. |
2015 +See 'History, immutable'. |
2436 +See 'History, immutable'. |
2019 -See \(aqChangeset, merge\(aq. |
2440 -See \(aqChangeset, merge\(aq. |
2020 +See 'Changeset, merge'. |
2441 +See 'Changeset, merge'. |
2021 .TP |
2442 .TP |
2022 .B Manifest |
2443 .B Manifest |
2023 . |
2444 . |
2024 @@ -4801,7 +4775,7 @@ |
2445 @@ -4754,7 +4737,7 @@ |
2025 .TP |
2446 .TP |
2026 .B Named branch |
2447 .B Named branch |
2027 . |
2448 . |
2028 -See \(aqBranch, named\(aq. |
2449 -See \(aqBranch, named\(aq. |
2029 +See 'Branch, named'. |
2450 +See 'Branch, named'. |
2030 .TP |
2451 .TP |
2031 .B Null changeset |
2452 .B Null changeset |
2032 . |
2453 . |
2033 @@ -4808,30 +4782,30 @@ |
2454 @@ -4761,30 +4744,30 @@ |
2034 The empty changeset. It is the parent state of newly\-initialized |
2455 The empty changeset. It is the parent state of newly\-initialized |
2035 repositories and repositories with no checked out revision. It is |
2456 repositories and repositories with no checked out revision. It is |
2036 thus the parent of root changesets and the effective ancestor when |
2457 thus the parent of root changesets and the effective ancestor when |
2037 -merging unrelated changesets. Can be specified by the alias \(aqnull\(aq |
2458 -merging unrelated changesets. Can be specified by the alias \(aqnull\(aq |
2038 -or by the changeset ID \(aq000000000000\(aq. |
2459 -or by the changeset ID \(aq000000000000\(aq. |
2067 -Example: "I\(aqve sent you my patch." |
2488 -Example: "I\(aqve sent you my patch." |
2068 +Example: "I've sent you my patch." |
2489 +Example: "I've sent you my patch." |
2069 .sp |
2490 .sp |
2070 (Verb) The process of using a patch file to transform one |
2491 (Verb) The process of using a patch file to transform one |
2071 changeset into another. |
2492 changeset into another. |
2072 @@ -4844,7 +4818,7 @@ |
2493 @@ -4794,13 +4777,13 @@ |
2494 .B Phase |
|
2495 . |
|
2496 A per\-changeset state tracking how the changeset has been or |
|
2497 -should be shared. See \%\fBhg help phases\fP\:. |
|
2498 +should be shared. See \fBhg help phases\fP. |
|
2499 .TP |
|
2500 .B Public |
|
2501 . |
|
2502 Changesets in the public phase have been shared with publishing |
|
2503 -repositories and are therefore considered immutable. See \%\fBhg help |
|
2504 -phases\fP\:. |
|
2505 +repositories and are therefore considered immutable. See \fBhg help |
|
2506 +phases\fP. |
|
2507 .TP |
|
2508 .B Pull |
|
2509 . |
|
2510 @@ -4808,7 +4791,7 @@ |
|
2073 not in the local repository are brought into the local |
2511 not in the local repository are brought into the local |
2074 repository. Note that this operation without special arguments |
2512 repository. Note that this operation without special arguments |
2075 only updates the repository, it does not update the files in the |
2513 only updates the repository, it does not update the files in the |
2076 -working directory. See \%\fBhg help pull\fP\:. |
2514 -working directory. See \%\fBhg help pull\fP\:. |
2077 +working directory. See \fBhg help pull\fP. |
2515 +working directory. See \fBhg help pull\fP. |
2078 .TP |
2516 .TP |
2079 .B Push |
2517 .B Push |
2080 . |
2518 . |
2081 @@ -4852,7 +4826,7 @@ |
2519 @@ -4816,7 +4799,7 @@ |
2082 not in a remote repository are sent to the remote repository. Note |
2520 not in a remote repository are sent to the remote repository. Note |
2083 that this operation only adds changesets which have been committed |
2521 that this operation only adds changesets which have been committed |
2084 locally to the remote repository. Uncommitted changes are not |
2522 locally to the remote repository. Uncommitted changes are not |
2085 -sent. See \%\fBhg help push\fP\:. |
2523 -sent. See \%\fBhg help push\fP\:. |
2086 +sent. See \fBhg help push\fP. |
2524 +sent. See \fBhg help push\fP. |
2087 .TP |
2525 .TP |
2088 .B Repository |
2526 .B Repository |
2089 . |
2527 . |
2090 @@ -4865,13 +4839,13 @@ |
2528 @@ -4829,13 +4812,13 @@ |
2091 .TP |
2529 .TP |
2092 .B Repository head |
2530 .B Repository head |
2093 . |
2531 . |
2094 -See \(aqHead, repository\(aq. |
2532 -See \(aqHead, repository\(aq. |
2095 +See 'Head, repository'. |
2533 +See 'Head, repository'. |
2102 +can be updated to by using \fBhg update\fP. See also 'Revision |
2540 +can be updated to by using \fBhg update\fP. See also 'Revision |
2103 +number'; See also 'Changeset'. |
2541 +number'; See also 'Changeset'. |
2104 .TP |
2542 .TP |
2105 .B Revision number |
2543 .B Revision number |
2106 . |
2544 . |
2107 @@ -4880,7 +4854,7 @@ |
2545 @@ -4844,7 +4827,7 @@ |
2108 to a repository, starting with revision number 0. Note that the |
2546 to a repository, starting with revision number 0. Note that the |
2109 revision number may be different in each clone of a repository. To |
2547 revision number may be different in each clone of a repository. To |
2110 identify changesets uniquely between different clones, see |
2548 identify changesets uniquely between different clones, see |
2111 -\(aqChangeset id\(aq. |
2549 -\(aqChangeset id\(aq. |
2112 +\'Changeset id'. |
2550 +'Changeset id'. |
2113 .TP |
2551 .TP |
2114 .B Revlog |
2552 .B Revlog |
2115 . |
2553 . |
2116 @@ -4891,7 +4865,7 @@ |
2554 @@ -4855,7 +4838,7 @@ |
2117 .TP |
2555 .TP |
2118 .B Rewriting history |
2556 .B Rewriting history |
2119 . |
2557 . |
2120 -See \(aqHistory, rewriting\(aq. |
2558 -See \(aqHistory, rewriting\(aq. |
2121 +See 'History, rewriting'. |
2559 +See 'History, rewriting'. |
2122 .TP |
2560 .TP |
2123 .B Root |
2561 .B Root |
2124 . |
2562 . |
2125 @@ -4907,7 +4881,7 @@ |
2563 @@ -4865,13 +4848,13 @@ |
2564 .B Secret |
|
2565 . |
|
2566 Changesets in the secret phase may not be shared via push, pull, |
|
2567 -or clone. See \%\fBhg help phases\fP\:. |
|
2568 +or clone. See \fBhg help phases\fP. |
|
2569 .TP |
|
2570 .B Tag |
|
2571 . |
|
2572 An alternative name given to a changeset. Tags can be used in all |
|
2573 places where Mercurial expects a changeset ID, e.g., with |
|
2574 -\%\fBhg update\fP\:. The creation of a tag is stored in the history and |
|
2575 +\fBhg update\fP. The creation of a tag is stored in the history and |
|
2576 will thus automatically be shared with other using push and pull. |
|
2577 .TP |
|
2578 .B Tip |
|
2579 @@ -4883,7 +4866,7 @@ |
|
2126 . |
2580 . |
2127 The head of a given branch with the highest revision number. When |
2581 The head of a given branch with the highest revision number. When |
2128 a branch name is used as a revision identifier, it refers to the |
2582 a branch name is used as a revision identifier, it refers to the |
2129 -branch tip. See also \(aqBranch, head\(aq. Note that because revision |
2583 -branch tip. See also \(aqBranch, head\(aq. Note that because revision |
2130 +branch tip. See also 'Branch, head'. Note that because revision |
2584 +branch tip. See also 'Branch, head'. Note that because revision |
2131 numbers may be different in different repository clones, the |
2585 numbers may be different in different repository clones, the |
2132 branch tip may be different in different cloned repositories. |
2586 branch tip may be different in different cloned repositories. |
2133 .TP |
2587 .TP |
2134 @@ -4915,21 +4889,21 @@ |
2588 @@ -4891,21 +4874,21 @@ |
2135 . |
2589 . |
2136 (Noun) Another synonym of changeset. |
2590 (Noun) Another synonym of changeset. |
2137 .sp |
2591 .sp |
2138 -Example: "I\(aqve pushed an update". |
2592 -Example: "I\(aqve pushed an update". |
2139 +Example: "I've pushed an update". |
2593 +Example: "I've pushed an update". |
2153 .B Working directory parent |
2607 .B Working directory parent |
2154 . |
2608 . |
2155 -See \(aqParent, working directory\(aq. |
2609 -See \(aqParent, working directory\(aq. |
2156 +See 'Parent, working directory'. |
2610 +See 'Parent, working directory'. |
2157 .UNINDENT |
2611 .UNINDENT |
2612 .SH SYNTAX FOR MERCURIAL IGNORE FILES |
|
2613 .SH SYNOPSIS |
|
2614 @@ -4933,12 +4916,12 @@ |
|
2615 .sp |
|
2616 In addition, a Mercurial configuration file can reference a set of |
|
2617 per\-user or global ignore files. See the \fBignore\fP configuration |
|
2618 -key on the \fB[ui]\fP section of \%\fBhg help config\fP\: for details of how to |
|
2619 +key on the \fB[ui]\fP section of \fBhg help config\fP for details of how to |
|
2620 configure these files. |
|
2621 .sp |
|
2622 -To control Mercurial\(aqs handling of files that it manages, many |
|
2623 +To control Mercurial's handling of files that it manages, many |
|
2624 commands support the \fB\-I\fP and \fB\-X\fP options; see |
|
2625 -\%\fBhg help <command>\fP\: and \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\: for details. |
|
2626 +\fBhg help <command>\fP and \fBhg help patterns\fP for details. |
|
2627 .SH SYNTAX |
|
2628 .sp |
|
2629 An ignore file is a plain text file consisting of a list of patterns, |
|
2630 @@ -4952,9 +4935,9 @@ |
|
2631 To change the syntax used, use a line of the following form: |
|
2632 .sp |
|
2633 .nf |
|
2634 -.ft C |
|
2635 +.ft |
|
2636 syntax: NAME |
|
2637 -.ft P |
|
2638 +.ft |
|
2639 .fi |
|
2640 .sp |
|
2641 where \fBNAME\fP is one of the following: |
|
2642 @@ -4976,10 +4959,11 @@ |
|
2643 the form \fB*.c\fP will match a file ending in \fB.c\fP in any directory, |
|
2644 and a regexp pattern of the form \fB\e.c$\fP will do the same. To root a |
|
2645 regexp pattern, start it with \fB^\fP. |
|
2646 +.RS 0 |
|
2647 .IP Note |
|
2648 . |
|
2649 Patterns specified in other than \fB.hgignore\fP are always rooted. |
|
2650 -Please see \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\: for details. |
|
2651 +Please see \fBhg help patterns\fP for details. |
|
2652 .RE |
|
2653 .SH EXAMPLE |
|
2654 .sp |
|
2655 @@ -4986,7 +4970,7 @@ |
|
2656 Here is an example ignore file. |
|
2657 .sp |
|
2658 .nf |
|
2659 -.ft C |
|
2660 +.ft |
|
2661 # use glob syntax. |
|
2662 syntax: glob |
|
2663 |
|
2664 @@ -4997,11 +4981,11 @@ |
|
2665 # switch to regexp syntax. |
|
2666 syntax: regexp |
|
2667 ^\e.pc/ |
|
2668 -.ft P |
|
2669 +.ft |
|
2670 .fi |
|
2671 .SH CONFIGURING HGWEB |
|
2672 .sp |
|
2673 -Mercurial\(aqs internal web server, hgweb, can serve either a single |
|
2674 +Mercurial's internal web server, hgweb, can serve either a single |
|
2675 repository, or a collection of them. In the latter case, a special |
|
2676 configuration file can be used to specify the repository paths to use |
|
2677 and global web configuration options. |
|
2678 @@ -5025,7 +5009,7 @@ |
|
2679 .UNINDENT |
|
2680 .sp |
|
2681 The \fBweb\fP section can specify all the settings described in the web |
|
2682 -section of the hgrc(5) documentation. See \%\fBhg help config\fP\: for |
|
2683 +section of the hgrc(5) documentation. See \fBhg help config\fP for |
|
2684 information on where to find the manual page. |
|
2685 .sp |
|
2686 The \fBpaths\fP section provides mappings of physical repository |
|
2687 @@ -5032,7 +5016,7 @@ |
|
2688 paths to virtual ones. For instance: |
|
2689 .sp |
|
2690 .nf |
|
2691 -.ft C |
|
2692 +.ft |
|
2693 [paths] |
|
2694 projects/a = /foo/bar |
|
2695 projects/b = /baz/quux |
|
2696 @@ -5039,7 +5023,7 @@ |
|
2697 web/root = /real/root/* |
|
2698 / = /real/root2/* |
|
2699 virtual/root2 = /real/root2/** |
|
2700 -.ft P |
|
2701 +.ft |
|
2702 .fi |
|
2703 .INDENT 0.0 |
|
2704 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
2705 @@ -5048,14 +5032,14 @@ |
|
2706 appear under the same directory in the web interface |
|
2707 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
2708 . |
|
2709 -The third entry maps every Mercurial repository found in \(aq/real/root\(aq |
|
2710 -into \(aqweb/root\(aq. This format is preferred over the [collections] one, |
|
2711 +The third entry maps every Mercurial repository found in '/real/root' |
|
2712 +into 'web/root'. This format is preferred over the [collections] one, |
|
2713 since using absolute paths as configuration keys is not supported on every |
|
2714 platform (especially on Windows). |
|
2715 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
2716 . |
|
2717 The fourth entry is a special case mapping all repositories in |
|
2718 -\(aq/real/root2\(aq in the root of the virtual directory. |
|
2719 +'/real/root2' in the root of the virtual directory. |
|
2720 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
2721 . |
|
2722 The fifth entry recursively finds all repositories under the real |
|
2723 @@ -5067,10 +5051,10 @@ |
|
2724 preferred. For instance: |
|
2725 .sp |
|
2726 .nf |
|
2727 -.ft C |
|
2728 +.ft |
|
2729 [collections] |
|
2730 /foo = /foo |
|
2731 -.ft P |
|
2732 +.ft |
|
2733 .fi |
|
2734 .sp |
|
2735 Here, the left side will be stripped off all repositories found in the |
|
2736 @@ -5085,8 +5069,8 @@ |
|
2737 ancestor of the two file versions, so they can determine the changes |
|
2738 made on both branches. |
|
2739 .sp |
|
2740 -Merge tools are used both for \%\fBhg resolve\fP\:, \%\fBhg merge\fP\:, \%\fBhg update\fP\:, |
|
2741 -\%\fBhg backout\fP\: and in several extensions. |
|
2742 +Merge tools are used both for \fBhg resolve\fP, \fBhg merge\fP, \fBhg update\fP, |
|
2743 +\fBhg backout\fP and in several extensions. |
|
2744 .sp |
|
2745 Usually, the merge tool tries to automatically reconcile the files by |
|
2746 combining all non\-overlapping changes that occurred separately in |
|
2747 @@ -5191,10 +5175,11 @@ |
|
2748 . |
|
2749 The merge of the file fails and must be resolved before commit. |
|
2750 .UNINDENT |
|
2751 +.RS 0 |
|
2752 .IP Note |
|
2753 . |
|
2754 After selecting a merge program, Mercurial will by default attempt |
|
2755 -to merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it doesn\(aqt |
|
2756 +to merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it doesn't |
|
2757 succeed because of conflicting changes Mercurial will actually execute the |
|
2758 merge program. Whether to use the simple merge algorithm first can be |
|
2759 controlled by the premerge setting of the merge tool. Premerge is enabled by |
|
2760 @@ -5227,10 +5212,11 @@ |
|
2761 patterns. |
|
2762 .sp |
|
2763 Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly. |
|
2764 +.RS 0 |
|
2765 .IP Note |
|
2766 . |
|
2767 Patterns specified in \fB.hgignore\fP are not rooted. |
|
2768 -Please see \%\fBhg help hgignore\fP\: for details. |
|
2769 +Please see \fBhg help hgignore\fP for details. |
|
2770 .RE |
|
2771 .sp |
|
2772 To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it with |
|
2773 @@ -5255,17 +5241,17 @@ |
|
2774 Plain examples: |
|
2775 .sp |
|
2776 .nf |
|
2777 -.ft C |
|
2778 +.ft |
|
2779 path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root |
|
2780 of the repository |
|
2781 path:path:name a file or directory named "path:name" |
|
2782 -.ft P |
|
2783 +.ft |
|
2784 .fi |
|
2785 .sp |
|
2786 Glob examples: |
|
2787 .sp |
|
2788 .nf |
|
2789 -.ft C |
|
2790 +.ft |
|
2791 glob:*.c any name ending in ".c" in the current directory |
|
2792 *.c any name ending in ".c" in the current directory |
|
2793 **.c any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of the |
|
2794 @@ -5273,27 +5259,27 @@ |
|
2795 foo/*.c any name ending in ".c" in the directory foo |
|
2796 foo/**.c any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of foo |
|
2797 including itself. |
|
2798 -.ft P |
|
2799 +.ft |
|
2800 .fi |
|
2801 .sp |
|
2802 Regexp examples: |
|
2803 .sp |
|
2804 .nf |
|
2805 -.ft C |
|
2806 +.ft |
|
2807 re:.*\e.c$ any name ending in ".c", anywhere in the repository |
|
2808 -.ft P |
|
2809 +.ft |
|
2810 .fi |
|
2811 .sp |
|
2812 File examples: |
|
2813 .sp |
|
2814 .nf |
|
2815 -.ft C |
|
2816 +.ft |
|
2817 listfile:list.txt read list from list.txt with one file pattern per line |
|
2818 listfile0:list.txt read list from list.txt with null byte delimiters |
|
2819 -.ft P |
|
2820 +.ft |
|
2821 .fi |
|
2822 .sp |
|
2823 -See also \%\fBhg help filesets\fP\:. |
|
2824 +See also \fBhg help filesets\fP. |
|
2825 .SH WORKING WITH PHASES |
|
2826 .SH WHAT ARE PHASES? |
|
2827 .sp |
|
2828 @@ -5330,14 +5316,14 @@ |
|
2829 .sp |
|
2830 Once changesets become public, extensions like mq and rebase will |
|
2831 refuse to operate on them to prevent creating duplicate changesets. |
|
2832 -Phases can also be manually manipulated with the \%\fBhg phase\fP\: command |
|
2833 -if needed. See \%\fBhg help \-v phase\fP\: for examples. |
|
2834 +Phases can also be manually manipulated with the \fBhg phase\fP command |
|
2835 +if needed. See \fBhg help \-v phase\fP for examples. |
|
2836 .SH PHASES AND SERVERS |
|
2837 .sp |
|
2838 Normally, all servers are \fBpublishing\fP by default. This means: |
|
2839 .sp |
|
2840 .nf |
|
2841 -.ft C |
|
2842 +.ft |
|
2843 \- all draft changesets that are pulled or cloned appear in phase |
|
2844 public on the client |
|
2845 |
|
2846 @@ -5345,8 +5331,9 @@ |
|
2847 client and server |
|
2848 |
|
2849 \- secret changesets are neither pushed, pulled, or cloned |
|
2850 -.ft P |
|
2851 +.ft |
|
2852 .fi |
|
2853 +.RS 0 |
|
2854 .IP Note |
|
2855 . |
|
2856 Pulling a draft changeset from a publishing server does not mark it |
|
2857 @@ -5358,13 +5345,14 @@ |
|
2858 repository to disable publishing in its configuration file: |
|
2859 .sp |
|
2860 .nf |
|
2861 -.ft C |
|
2862 +.ft |
|
2863 [phases] |
|
2864 publish = False |
|
2865 -.ft P |
|
2866 +.ft |
|
2867 .fi |
|
2868 .sp |
|
2869 -See \%\fBhg help config\fP\: for more information on config files. |
|
2870 +See \fBhg help config\fP for more information on config files. |
|
2871 +.RS 0 |
|
2872 .IP Note |
|
2873 . |
|
2874 Servers running older versions of Mercurial are treated as |
|
2875 @@ -5379,9 +5367,9 @@ |
|
2876 list changesets in draft or secret phase: |
|
2877 .sp |
|
2878 .nf |
|
2879 -.ft C |
|
2880 +.ft |
|
2881 hg log \-r "not public()" |
|
2882 -.ft P |
|
2883 +.ft |
|
2884 .fi |
|
2885 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
2886 . |
|
2887 @@ -5388,9 +5376,9 @@ |
|
2888 change all secret changesets to draft: |
|
2889 .sp |
|
2890 .nf |
|
2891 -.ft C |
|
2892 +.ft |
|
2893 hg phase \-\-draft "secret()" |
|
2894 -.ft P |
|
2895 +.ft |
|
2896 .fi |
|
2897 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
2898 . |
|
2899 @@ -5397,9 +5385,9 @@ |
|
2900 forcibly move the current changeset and descendants from public to draft: |
|
2901 .sp |
|
2902 .nf |
|
2903 -.ft C |
|
2904 +.ft |
|
2905 hg phase \-\-force \-\-draft . |
|
2906 -.ft P |
|
2907 +.ft |
|
2908 .fi |
|
2909 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
2910 . |
|
2911 @@ -5406,9 +5394,9 @@ |
|
2912 show a list of changeset revision and phase: |
|
2913 .sp |
|
2914 .nf |
|
2915 -.ft C |
|
2916 +.ft |
|
2917 hg log \-\-template "{rev} {phase}\en" |
|
2918 -.ft P |
|
2919 +.ft |
|
2920 .fi |
|
2921 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
2922 . |
|
2923 @@ -5415,15 +5403,15 @@ |
|
2924 resynchronize draft changesets relative to a remote repository: |
|
2925 .sp |
|
2926 .nf |
|
2927 -.ft C |
|
2928 -hg phase \-fd \(aqoutgoing(URL)\(aq |
|
2929 -.ft P |
|
2930 +.ft |
|
2931 +hg phase \-fd 'outgoing(URL)' |
|
2932 +.ft |
|
2933 .fi |
|
2934 .UNINDENT |
|
2935 .UNINDENT |
|
2936 .UNINDENT |
|
2937 .sp |
|
2938 -See \%\fBhg help phase\fP\: for more information on manually manipulating phases. |
|
2939 +See \fBhg help phase\fP for more information on manually manipulating phases. |
|
2940 .SH SPECIFYING SINGLE REVISIONS |
|
2941 .sp |
|
2942 Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions. |
|
2943 @@ -5469,7 +5457,7 @@ |
|
2944 .sp |
|
2945 Special characters can be used in quoted identifiers by escaping them, |
|
2946 e.g., \fB\en\fP is interpreted as a newline. To prevent them from being |
|
2947 -interpreted, strings can be prefixed with \fBr\fP, e.g. \fBr\(aq...\(aq\fP. |
|
2948 +interpreted, strings can be prefixed with \fBr\fP, e.g. \fBr'...'\fP. |
|
2949 .sp |
|
2950 There is a single prefix operator: |
|
2951 .INDENT 0.0 |
|
2952 @@ -5595,12 +5583,12 @@ |
|
2953 .TP |
|
2954 .B \fBcontains(pattern)\fP |
|
2955 .sp |
|
2956 -Revision contains a file matching pattern. See \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\: |
|
2957 +Revision contains a file matching pattern. See \fBhg help patterns\fP |
|
2958 for information about file patterns. |
|
2959 .TP |
|
2960 .B \fBdate(interval)\fP |
|
2961 .sp |
|
2962 -Changesets within the interval, see \%\fBhg help dates\fP\:. |
|
2963 +Changesets within the interval, see \fBhg help dates\fP. |
|
2964 .TP |
|
2965 .B \fBdesc(string)\fP |
|
2966 .sp |
|
2967 @@ -5628,13 +5616,13 @@ |
|
2968 .TP |
|
2969 .B \fBfollow([file])\fP |
|
2970 .sp |
|
2971 -An alias for \fB::.\fP (ancestors of the working copy\(aqs first parent). |
|
2972 +An alias for \fB::.\fP (ancestors of the working copy's first parent). |
|
2973 If a filename is specified, the history of the given file is followed, |
|
2974 including copies. |
|
2975 .TP |
|
2976 .B \fBgrep(regex)\fP |
|
2977 .sp |
|
2978 -Like \fBkeyword(string)\fP but accepts a regex. Use \fBgrep(r\(aq...\(aq)\fP |
|
2979 +Like \fBkeyword(string)\fP but accepts a regex. Use \fBgrep(r'...')\fP |
|
2980 to ensure special escape characters are handled correctly. Unlike |
|
2981 \fBkeyword(string)\fP, the match is case\-sensitive. |
|
2982 .TP |
|
2983 @@ -5720,7 +5708,7 @@ |
|
2984 .TP |
|
2985 .B \fBpresent(set)\fP |
|
2986 .sp |
|
2987 -An empty set, if any revision in set isn\(aqt found; otherwise, |
|
2988 +An empty set, if any revision in set isn't found; otherwise, |
|
2989 all revisions in set. |
|
2990 .TP |
|
2991 .B \fBpublic()\fP |
|
2992 @@ -5730,7 +5718,7 @@ |
|
2993 .B \fBremote([id [,path]])\fP |
|
2994 .sp |
|
2995 Local revision that corresponds to the given identifier in a |
|
2996 -remote repository, if present. Here, the \(aq.\(aq identifier is a |
|
2997 +remote repository, if present. Here, the '.' identifier is a |
|
2998 synonym for the current local branch. |
|
2999 .TP |
|
3000 .B \fBremoves(pattern)\fP |
|
3001 @@ -5790,9 +5778,9 @@ |
|
3002 existing predicates or other aliases. An alias definition looks like: |
|
3003 .sp |
|
3004 .nf |
|
3005 -.ft C |
|
3006 +.ft |
|
3007 <alias> = <definition> |
|
3008 -.ft P |
|
3009 +.ft |
|
3010 .fi |
|
3011 .sp |
|
3012 in the \fBrevsetalias\fP section of a Mercurial configuration file. Arguments |
|
3013 @@ -5802,21 +5790,21 @@ |
|
3014 For example, |
|
3015 .sp |
|
3016 .nf |
|
3017 -.ft C |
|
3018 +.ft |
|
3019 [revsetalias] |
|
3020 h = heads() |
|
3021 d($1) = sort($1, date) |
|
3022 rs($1, $2) = reverse(sort($1, $2)) |
|
3023 -.ft P |
|
3024 +.ft |
|
3025 .fi |
|
3026 .sp |
|
3027 defines three aliases, \fBh\fP, \fBd\fP, and \fBrs\fP. \fBrs(0:tip, author)\fP is |
|
3028 exactly equivalent to \fBreverse(sort(0:tip, author))\fP. |
|
3029 .sp |
|
3030 -Command line equivalents for \%\fBhg log\fP\:: |
|
3031 +Command line equivalents for \fBhg log\fP: |
|
3032 .sp |
|
3033 .nf |
|
3034 -.ft C |
|
3035 +.ft |
|
3036 \-f \-> ::. |
|
3037 \-d x \-> date(x) |
|
3038 \-k x \-> keyword(x) |
|
3039 @@ -5825,7 +5813,7 @@ |
|
3040 \-b x \-> branch(x) |
|
3041 \-P x \-> !::x |
|
3042 \-l x \-> limit(expr, x) |
|
3043 -.ft P |
|
3044 +.ft |
|
3045 .fi |
|
3046 .sp |
|
3047 Some sample queries: |
|
3048 @@ -5835,9 +5823,9 @@ |
|
3049 Changesets on the default branch: |
|
3050 .sp |
|
3051 .nf |
|
3052 -.ft C |
|
3053 +.ft |
|
3054 hg log \-r "branch(default)" |
|
3055 -.ft P |
|
3056 +.ft |
|
3057 .fi |
|
3058 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
3059 . |
|
3060 @@ -5844,9 +5832,9 @@ |
|
3061 Changesets on the default branch since tag 1.5 (excluding merges): |
|
3062 .sp |
|
3063 .nf |
|
3064 -.ft C |
|
3065 +.ft |
|
3066 hg log \-r "branch(default) and 1.5:: and not merge()" |
|
3067 -.ft P |
|
3068 +.ft |
|
3069 .fi |
|
3070 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
3071 . |
|
3072 @@ -5853,9 +5841,9 @@ |
|
3073 Open branch heads: |
|
3074 .sp |
|
3075 .nf |
|
3076 -.ft C |
|
3077 +.ft |
|
3078 hg log \-r "head() and not closed()" |
|
3079 -.ft P |
|
3080 +.ft |
|
3081 .fi |
|
3082 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
3083 . |
|
3084 @@ -5863,9 +5851,9 @@ |
|
3085 \fBhgext/*\fP: |
|
3086 .sp |
|
3087 .nf |
|
3088 -.ft C |
|
3089 -hg log \-r "1.3::1.5 and keyword(bug) and file(\(aqhgext/*\(aq)" |
|
3090 -.ft P |
|
3091 +.ft |
|
3092 +hg log \-r "1.3::1.5 and keyword(bug) and file('hgext/*')" |
|
3093 +.ft |
|
3094 .fi |
|
3095 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
3096 . |
|
3097 @@ -5872,9 +5860,9 @@ |
|
3098 Changesets committed in May 2008, sorted by user: |
|
3099 .sp |
|
3100 .nf |
|
3101 -.ft C |
|
3102 -hg log \-r "sort(date(\(aqMay 2008\(aq), user)" |
|
3103 -.ft P |
|
3104 +.ft |
|
3105 +hg log \-r "sort(date('May 2008'), user)" |
|
3106 +.ft |
|
3107 .fi |
|
3108 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
3109 . |
|
3110 @@ -5882,9 +5870,9 @@ |
|
3111 release: |
|
3112 .sp |
|
3113 .nf |
|
3114 -.ft C |
|
3115 +.ft |
|
3116 hg log \-r "(keyword(bug) or keyword(issue)) and not ancestors(tagged())" |
|
3117 -.ft P |
|
3118 +.ft |
|
3119 .fi |
|
3120 .UNINDENT |
|
3121 .SH SUBREPOSITORIES |
|
3122 @@ -5911,7 +5899,7 @@ |
|
3123 .INDENT 3.0 |
|
3124 .INDENT 3.5 |
|
3125 .sp |
|
3126 -path/to/nested = \%https://example.com/nested/repo/path\: |
|
3127 +path/to/nested = https://example.com/nested/repo/path |
|
3128 .UNINDENT |
|
3129 .UNINDENT |
|
3130 .sp |
|
3131 @@ -5940,6 +5928,7 @@ |
|
3132 subrepositories to the state they were committed in a parent |
|
3133 repository changeset. Mercurial automatically record the nested |
|
3134 repositories states when committing in the parent repository. |
|
3135 +.RS 0 |
|
3136 .IP Note |
|
3137 . |
|
3138 The \fB.hgsubstate\fP file should not be edited manually. |
|
3139 @@ -5991,7 +5980,7 @@ |
|
3140 have been modified, Mercurial will abort. Mercurial can be made |
|
3141 to instead commit all modified subrepositories by specifying |
|
3142 \-S/\-\-subrepos, or setting "ui.commitsubrepos=True" in a |
|
3143 -configuration file (see \%\fBhg help config\fP\:). After there are no |
|
3144 +configuration file (see \fBhg help config\fP). After there are no |
|
3145 longer any modified subrepositories, it records their state and |
|
3146 finally commits it in the parent repository. |
|
3147 .TP |
|
3148 @@ -6022,7 +6011,7 @@ |
|
3149 .B pull |
|
3150 . |
|
3151 pull is not recursive since it is not clear what to pull prior |
|
3152 -to running \%\fBhg update\fP\:. Listing and retrieving all |
|
3153 +to running \fBhg update\fP. Listing and retrieving all |
|
3154 subrepositories changes referenced by the parent repository pulled |
|
3155 changesets is expensive at best, impossible in the Subversion |
|
3156 case. |
|
3157 @@ -6073,9 +6062,9 @@ |
|
3158 Usage: |
|
3159 .sp |
|
3160 .nf |
|
3161 -.ft C |
|
3162 +.ft |
|
3163 $ hg log \-r1 \-\-style changelog |
|
3164 -.ft P |
|
3165 +.ft |
|
3166 .fi |
|
3167 .sp |
|
3168 A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable |
|
3169 @@ -6082,10 +6071,10 @@ |
|
3170 expansion: |
|
3171 .sp |
|
3172 .nf |
|
3173 -.ft C |
|
3174 +.ft |
|
3175 $ hg log \-r1 \-\-template "{node}\en" |
|
3176 b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746 |
|
3177 -.ft P |
|
3178 +.ft |
|
3179 .fi |
|
3180 .sp |
|
3181 Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of |
|
3182 @@ -6195,15 +6184,15 @@ |
|
3183 The "date" keyword does not produce human\-readable output. If you |
|
3184 want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process |
|
3185 it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input |
|
3186 -variable. Be sure to use the stringify filter first when you\(aqre |
|
3187 +variable. Be sure to use the stringify filter first when you're |
|
3188 applying a string\-input filter to a list\-like input variable. |
|
3189 You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired output: |
|
3190 .sp |
|
3191 .nf |
|
3192 -.ft C |
|
3193 +.ft |
|
3194 $ hg tip \-\-template "{date|isodate}\en" |
|
3195 2008\-08\-21 18:22 +0000 |
|
3196 -.ft P |
|
3197 +.ft |
|
3198 .fi |
|
3199 .sp |
|
3200 List of filters: |
|
3201 @@ -6291,7 +6280,7 @@ |
|
3202 .TP |
|
3203 .B nonempty |
|
3204 . |
|
3205 -Any text. Returns \(aq(none)\(aq if the string is empty. |
|
3206 +Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty. |
|
3207 .TP |
|
3208 .B obfuscate |
|
3209 . |
|
3210 @@ -6363,24 +6352,24 @@ |
|
3211 Valid URLs are of the form: |
|
3212 .sp |
|
3213 .nf |
|
3214 -.ft C |
|
3215 +.ft |
|
3216 local/filesystem/path[#revision] |
|
3217 file://local/filesystem/path[#revision] |
|
3218 http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision] |
|
3219 https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision] |
|
3220 ssh://[user@]host[:port]/[path][#revision] |
|
3221 -.ft P |
|
3222 +.ft |
|
3223 .fi |
|
3224 .sp |
|
3225 Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial |
|
3226 -repositories or to bundle files (as created by \%\fBhg bundle\fP\: or :hg:\(ga |
|
3227 -incoming \-\-bundle\(ga). See also \%\fBhg help paths\fP\:. |
|
3228 +repositories or to bundle files (as created by \fBhg bundle\fP or \fBhg |
|
3229 +incoming \-\-bundle\fP). See also \fBhg help paths\fP. |
|
3230 .sp |
|
3231 An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag, or |
|
3232 -changeset to use from the remote repository. See also \%\fBhg help |
|
3233 -revisions\fP\:. |
|
3234 +changeset to use from the remote repository. See also \fBhg help |
|
3235 +revisions\fP. |
|
3236 .sp |
|
3237 -Some features, such as pushing to \%http://\: and \%https://\: URLs are only |
|
3238 +Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are only |
|
3239 possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote Mercurial |
|
3240 server. |
|
3241 .sp |
|
3242 @@ -6395,26 +6384,26 @@ |
|
3243 and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as remotecmd. |
|
3244 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
3245 . |
|
3246 -path is relative to the remote user\(aqs home directory by default. Use |
|
3247 +path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default. Use |
|
3248 an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path: |
|
3249 .sp |
|
3250 .nf |
|
3251 -.ft C |
|
3252 +.ft |
|
3253 ssh://example.com//tmp/repository |
|
3254 -.ft P |
|
3255 +.ft |
|
3256 .fi |
|
3257 .IP \(bu 2 |
|
3258 . |
|
3259 -Mercurial doesn\(aqt use its own compression via SSH; the right thing |
|
3260 +Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right thing |
|
3261 to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.: |
|
3262 .sp |
|
3263 .nf |
|
3264 -.ft C |
|
3265 +.ft |
|
3266 Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com |
|
3267 Compression no |
|
3268 Host * |
|
3269 Compression yes |
|
3270 -.ft P |
|
3271 +.ft |
|
3272 .fi |
|
3273 .sp |
|
3274 Alternatively specify "ssh \-C" as your ssh command in your |
|
3275 @@ -6425,16 +6414,16 @@ |
|
3276 aliases under the [paths] section like so: |
|
3277 .sp |
|
3278 .nf |
|
3279 -.ft C |
|
3280 +.ft |
|
3281 [paths] |
|
3282 alias1 = URL1 |
|
3283 alias2 = URL2 |
|
3284 \&... |
|
3285 -.ft P |
|
3286 +.ft |
|
3287 .fi |
|
3288 .sp |
|
3289 You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for |
|
3290 -example \%\fBhg pull alias1\fP\: will be treated as \%\fBhg pull URL1\fP\:). |
|
3291 +example \fBhg pull alias1\fP will be treated as \fBhg pull URL1\fP). |
|
3292 .sp |
|
3293 Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults when |
|
3294 you do not provide the URL to a command: |
|
3295 @@ -6443,14 +6432,14 @@ |
|
3296 .B default: |
|
3297 . |
|
3298 When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command saves |
|
3299 -the location of the source repository as the new repository\(aqs |
|
3300 -\(aqdefault\(aq path. This is then used when you omit path from push\- and |
|
3301 +the location of the source repository as the new repository's 'default' |
|
3302 +path. This is then used when you omit path from push\- and |
|
3303 pull\-like commands (including incoming and outgoing). |
|
3304 .TP |
|
3305 .B default\-push: |
|
3306 . |
|
3307 -The push command will look for a path named \(aqdefault\-push\(aq, and |
|
3308 -prefer it over \(aqdefault\(aq if both are defined. |
|
3309 +The push command will look for a path named 'default\-push', and |
|
3310 +prefer it over 'default' if both are defined. |
|
3311 .UNINDENT |
|
2158 .SH EXTENSIONS |
3312 .SH EXTENSIONS |
2159 .sp |
3313 .sp |
2160 @@ -5011,7 +4985,7 @@ |
3314 @@ -6532,7 +6521,7 @@ |
2161 .SS Example Configuration |
3315 .SS Example Configuration |
2162 .sp |
3316 .sp |
2163 .nf |
3317 .nf |
2164 -.ft C |
3318 -.ft C |
2165 +.ft |
3319 +.ft |
2166 [hooks] |
3320 [hooks] |
2167 |
3321 |
2168 # Use this if you want to check access restrictions at commit time |
3322 # Use this if you want to check access restrictions at commit time |
2169 @@ -5087,7 +5061,7 @@ |
3323 @@ -6608,7 +6597,7 @@ |
2170 src/main/resources/** = * |
3324 src/main/resources/** = * |
2171 |
3325 |
2172 \&.hgtags = release_engineer |
3326 \&.hgtags = release_engineer |
2173 -.ft P |
3327 -.ft P |
2174 +.ft |
3328 +.ft |
2175 .fi |
3329 .fi |
2176 .SS bugzilla |
3330 .SS bugzilla |
2177 .sp |
3331 .sp |
2178 @@ -5102,8 +5076,8 @@ |
3332 @@ -6781,9 +6770,9 @@ |
2179 .sp |
3333 line: |
2180 The hook relies on a Bugzilla script to send bug change notification |
3334 .sp |
2181 emails. That script changes between Bugzilla versions; the |
3335 .nf |
2182 -\(aqprocessmail\(aq script used prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and |
3336 -.ft C |
2183 -subsequent versions by \(aqconfig/sendbugmail.pl\(aq. Note that these will |
3337 +.ft |
2184 +\'processmail' script used prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and |
3338 committer = Bugzilla user |
2185 +subsequent versions by 'config/sendbugmail.pl'. Note that these will |
3339 -.ft P |
2186 be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to |
3340 +.ft |
2187 ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately. |
3341 .fi |
2188 .sp |
3342 .sp |
2189 @@ -5117,11 +5091,11 @@ |
3343 See also the \fB[usermap]\fP section. |
2190 .TP |
3344 @@ -6869,7 +6858,7 @@ |
2191 .B db |
|
2192 . |
|
2193 -Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default \(aqbugs\(aq. |
|
2194 +Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'. |
|
2195 .TP |
|
2196 .B user |
|
2197 . |
|
2198 -Username to use to access MySQL server. Default \(aqbugs\(aq. |
|
2199 +Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'. |
|
2200 .TP |
|
2201 .B password |
|
2202 . |
|
2203 @@ -5133,8 +5107,8 @@ |
|
2204 .TP |
|
2205 .B version |
|
2206 . |
|
2207 -Bugzilla version. Specify \(aq3.0\(aq for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later, |
|
2208 -\(aq2.18\(aq for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and \(aq2.16\(aq for versions prior |
|
2209 +Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later, |
|
2210 +\'2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior |
|
2211 to 2.18. |
|
2212 .TP |
|
2213 .B bzuser |
|
2214 @@ -5145,13 +5119,13 @@ |
|
2215 .B bzdir |
|
2216 . |
|
2217 Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default |
|
2218 -\(aq/var/www/html/bugzilla\(aq. |
|
2219 +\'/var/www/html/bugzilla'. |
|
2220 .TP |
|
2221 .B notify |
|
2222 . |
|
2223 The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification |
|
2224 -emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, \(aqbzdir\(aq, \(aqid\(aq (bug id) |
|
2225 -and \(aquser\(aq (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version; |
|
2226 +emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id) |
|
2227 +and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version; |
|
2228 from 2.18 it is "cd %(bzdir)s && perl \-T contrib/sendbugmail.pl |
|
2229 %(id)s %(user)s". |
|
2230 .TP |
|
2231 @@ -5158,9 +5132,9 @@ |
|
2232 .B regexp |
|
2233 . |
|
2234 Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message. |
|
2235 -Must contain one "()" group. The default expression matches \(aqBug |
|
2236 -1234\(aq, \(aqBug no. 1234\(aq, \(aqBug number 1234\(aq, \(aqBugs 1234,5678\(aq, \(aqBug |
|
2237 -1234 and 5678\(aq and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive. |
|
2238 +Must contain one "()" group. The default expression matches 'Bug |
|
2239 +1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug |
|
2240 +1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive. |
|
2241 .TP |
|
2242 .B style |
|
2243 . |
|
2244 @@ -5173,18 +5147,18 @@ |
|
2245 extension specifies: |
|
2246 .sp |
|
2247 .nf |
|
2248 -.ft C |
|
2249 +.ft |
|
2250 {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID. |
|
2251 {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial repository. |
|
2252 {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository. |
|
2253 {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. |
|
2254 -.ft P |
|
2255 +.ft |
|
2256 .fi |
|
2257 .INDENT 7.0 |
|
2258 .TP |
|
2259 -.B Default \(aqchangeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers \(aq |
|
2260 +.B Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers ' |
|
2261 . |
|
2262 -\(aqto bug {bug}.ndetails:nt{desc|tabindent}\(aq |
|
2263 +\'to bug {bug}.ndetails:nt{desc|tabindent}' |
|
2264 .UNINDENT |
|
2265 .TP |
|
2266 .B strip |
|
2267 @@ -5215,7 +5189,7 @@ |
|
2268 Activating the extension: |
3345 Activating the extension: |
2269 .sp |
3346 .sp |
2270 .nf |
3347 .nf |
2271 -.ft C |
3348 -.ft C |
2272 +.ft |
3349 +.ft |
2273 [extensions] |
3350 [extensions] |
2274 bugzilla = |
3351 bugzilla = |
2275 |
3352 |
2276 @@ -5222,7 +5196,7 @@ |
3353 @@ -6876,7 +6865,7 @@ |
2277 [hooks] |
3354 [hooks] |
2278 # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here |
3355 # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here |
2279 incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook |
3356 incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook |
2280 -.ft P |
3357 -.ft P |
2281 +.ft |
3358 +.ft |
2282 .fi |
3359 .fi |
2283 .sp |
3360 .sp |
2284 Example configuration: |
3361 Example configurations: |
2285 @@ -5232,7 +5206,7 @@ |
3362 @@ -6888,7 +6877,7 @@ |
2286 installation in /opt/bugzilla\-3.2. |
3363 with a web interface at \fBhttp://my\-project.org/hg\fP. |
3364 .sp |
|
3365 .nf |
|
3366 -.ft C |
|
3367 +.ft |
|
3368 [bugzilla] |
|
3369 bzurl=http://my\-project.org/bugzilla |
|
3370 user=bugmail@my\-project.org |
|
3371 @@ -6901,7 +6890,7 @@ |
|
3372 |
|
3373 [web] |
|
3374 baseurl=http://my\-project.org/hg |
|
3375 -.ft P |
|
3376 +.ft |
|
3377 .fi |
|
3378 .sp |
|
3379 XMLRPC+email example configuration. This uses the Bugzilla at |
|
3380 @@ -6913,7 +6902,7 @@ |
|
3381 \fBbugzilla@my\-project.org\fP. |
|
3382 .sp |
|
3383 .nf |
|
3384 -.ft C |
|
3385 +.ft |
|
3386 [bugzilla] |
|
3387 bzurl=http://my\-project.org/bugzilla |
|
3388 user=bugmail@my\-project.org |
|
3389 @@ -6930,7 +6919,7 @@ |
|
3390 |
|
3391 [usermap] |
|
3392 [email protected][email protected] |
|
3393 -.ft P |
|
3394 +.ft |
|
3395 .fi |
|
3396 .sp |
|
3397 MySQL example configuration. This has a local Bugzilla 3.2 installation |
|
3398 @@ -6941,7 +6930,7 @@ |
|
3399 with a web interface at \fBhttp://my\-project.org/hg\fP. |
|
2287 .sp |
3400 .sp |
2288 .nf |
3401 .nf |
2289 -.ft C |
3402 -.ft C |
2290 +.ft |
3403 +.ft |
2291 [bugzilla] |
3404 [bugzilla] |
2292 host=localhost |
3405 host=localhost |
2293 password=XYZZY |
3406 password=XYZZY |
2294 @@ -5249,18 +5223,18 @@ |
3407 @@ -6958,18 +6947,18 @@ |
2295 |
3408 |
2296 [usermap] |
3409 [usermap] |
2297 [email protected][email protected] |
3410 [email protected][email protected] |
2298 -.ft P |
3411 -.ft P |
2299 +.ft |
3412 +.ft |
2300 .fi |
3413 .fi |
2301 .sp |
3414 .sp |
2302 Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form: |
3415 All the above add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form: |
2303 .sp |
3416 .sp |
2304 .nf |
3417 .nf |
2305 -.ft C |
3418 -.ft C |
2306 +.ft |
3419 +.ft |
2307 Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository\-name. |
3420 Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository\-name. |
2308 http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository\-name/rev/3b16791d6642 |
3421 http://my\-project.org/hg/repository\-name/rev/3b16791d6642 |
2309 |
3422 |
2310 Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234. |
3423 Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234. |
2311 -.ft P |
3424 -.ft P |
2312 +.ft |
3425 +.ft |
2313 .fi |
3426 .fi |
2314 .SS children |
3427 .SS children |
2315 .sp |
3428 .sp |
2316 @@ -5269,12 +5243,12 @@ |
3429 @@ -6978,12 +6967,12 @@ |
2317 .SS children |
3430 .SS children |
2318 .sp |
3431 .sp |
2319 .nf |
3432 .nf |
2320 -.ft C |
3433 -.ft C |
2321 +.ft |
3434 +.ft |
2327 -Print the children of the working directory\(aqs revisions. If a |
3440 -Print the children of the working directory\(aqs revisions. If a |
2328 +Print the children of the working directory's revisions. If a |
3441 +Print the children of the working directory's revisions. If a |
2329 revision is given via \-r/\-\-rev, the children of that revision will |
3442 revision is given via \-r/\-\-rev, the children of that revision will |
2330 be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in which the |
3443 be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in which the |
2331 file was last changed (after the working directory revision or the |
3444 file was last changed (after the working directory revision or the |
2332 @@ -5302,9 +5276,9 @@ |
3445 @@ -7011,9 +7000,9 @@ |
2333 .SS churn |
3446 .SS churn |
2334 .sp |
3447 .sp |
2335 .nf |
3448 .nf |
2336 -.ft C |
3449 -.ft C |
2337 +.ft |
3450 +.ft |
2339 -.ft P |
3452 -.ft P |
2340 +.ft |
3453 +.ft |
2341 .fi |
3454 .fi |
2342 .sp |
3455 .sp |
2343 This command will display a histogram representing the number |
3456 This command will display a histogram representing the number |
2344 @@ -5320,19 +5294,19 @@ |
3457 @@ -7029,19 +7018,19 @@ |
2345 Examples: |
3458 Examples: |
2346 .sp |
3459 .sp |
2347 .nf |
3460 .nf |
2348 -.ft C |
3461 -.ft C |
2349 +.ft |
3462 +.ft |
2365 +hg churn \-f '%Y' \-s |
3478 +hg churn \-f '%Y' \-s |
2366 +.ft |
3479 +.ft |
2367 .fi |
3480 .fi |
2368 .sp |
3481 .sp |
2369 It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address |
3482 It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address |
2370 @@ -5339,9 +5313,9 @@ |
3483 @@ -7048,9 +7037,9 @@ |
2371 by providing a file using the following format: |
3484 by providing a file using the following format: |
2372 .sp |
3485 .sp |
2373 .nf |
3486 .nf |
2374 -.ft C |
3487 -.ft C |
2375 +.ft |
3488 +.ft |
2377 -.ft P |
3490 -.ft P |
2378 +.ft |
3491 +.ft |
2379 .fi |
3492 .fi |
2380 .sp |
3493 .sp |
2381 Such a file may be specified with the \-\-aliases option, otherwise |
3494 Such a file may be specified with the \-\-aliases option, otherwise |
2382 @@ -5407,7 +5381,7 @@ |
3495 @@ -7118,7 +7107,7 @@ |
2383 Default effects may be overridden from your configuration file: |
3496 Default effects may be overridden from your configuration file: |
2384 .sp |
3497 .sp |
2385 .nf |
3498 .nf |
2386 -.ft C |
3499 -.ft C |
2387 +.ft |
3500 +.ft |
2388 [color] |
3501 [color] |
2389 status.modified = blue bold underline red_background |
3502 status.modified = blue bold underline red_background |
2390 status.added = green bold |
3503 status.added = green bold |
2391 @@ -5416,7 +5390,7 @@ |
3504 @@ -7127,7 +7116,7 @@ |
2392 status.unknown = magenta bold underline |
3505 status.unknown = magenta bold underline |
2393 status.ignored = black bold |
3506 status.ignored = black bold |
2394 |
3507 |
2395 -# \(aqnone\(aq turns off all effects |
3508 -# \(aqnone\(aq turns off all effects |
2396 +# 'none' turns off all effects |
3509 +# 'none' turns off all effects |
2397 status.clean = none |
3510 status.clean = none |
2398 status.copied = none |
3511 status.copied = none |
2399 |
3512 |
2400 @@ -5443,7 +5417,7 @@ |
3513 @@ -7157,13 +7146,13 @@ |
2401 branches.closed = black bold |
3514 |
2402 branches.current = green |
3515 tags.normal = green |
2403 branches.inactive = none |
3516 tags.local = black bold |
2404 -.ft P |
3517 -.ft P |
2405 +.ft |
3518 +.ft |
2406 .fi |
3519 .fi |
2407 .sp |
3520 .sp |
2408 The color extension will try to detect whether to use ANSI codes or |
3521 -The available effects in terminfo mode are \(aqblink\(aq, \(aqbold\(aq, \(aqdim\(aq, |
2409 @@ -5450,13 +5424,13 @@ |
3522 -\(aqinverse\(aq, \(aqinvisible\(aq, \(aqitalic\(aq, \(aqstandout\(aq, and \(aqunderline\(aq; in |
2410 Win32 console APIs, unless it is made explicit: |
3523 -ECMA\-48 mode, the options are \(aqbold\(aq, \(aqinverse\(aq, \(aqitalic\(aq, and |
3524 -\(aqunderline\(aq. How each is rendered depends on the terminal emulator. |
|
3525 +The available effects in terminfo mode are 'blink', 'bold', 'dim', 'inverse', 'invisible', 'italic', 'standout', |
|
3526 +and 'underline'; in |
|
3527 +ECMA\-48 mode, the options are 'bold', 'inverse', 'italic', and |
|
3528 +'underline'. How each is rendered depends on the terminal emulator. |
|
3529 Some may not be available for a given terminal type, and will be |
|
3530 silently ignored. |
|
3531 .sp |
|
3532 @@ -7170,7 +7159,7 @@ |
|
3533 Note that on some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using |
|
3534 color with the pager extension and less \-R. less with the \-R option |
|
3535 will only display ECMA\-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes |
|
3536 -emit codes that less doesn\(aqt understand. You can work around this by |
|
3537 +emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by |
|
3538 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less \-r (which will |
|
3539 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control |
|
3540 codes). |
|
3541 @@ -7180,18 +7169,18 @@ |
|
3542 for your terminal type, assuming terminfo mode. For instance: |
|
3543 .sp |
|
3544 .nf |
|
3545 -.ft C |
|
3546 +.ft |
|
3547 color.brightblue = 12 |
|
3548 color.pink = 207 |
|
3549 color.orange = 202 |
|
3550 -.ft P |
|
3551 +.ft |
|
3552 .fi |
|
3553 .sp |
|
3554 -to set \(aqbrightblue\(aq to color slot 12 (useful for 16 color terminals |
|
3555 -that have brighter colors defined in the upper eight) and, \(aqpink\(aq and |
|
3556 -\(aqorange\(aq to colors in 256\-color xterm\(aqs default color cube. These |
|
3557 +to set 'brightblue' to color slot 12 (useful for 16 color terminals |
|
3558 +that have brighter colors defined in the upper eight) and, 'pink' and |
|
3559 +'orange' to colors in 256\-color xterm's default color cube. These |
|
3560 defined colors may then be used as any of the pre\-defined eight, |
|
3561 -including appending \(aq_background\(aq to set the background to that color. |
|
3562 +including appending '_background' to set the background to that color. |
|
3563 .sp |
|
3564 By default, the color extension will use ANSI mode (or win32 mode on |
|
3565 Windows) if it detects a terminal. To override auto mode (to enable |
|
3566 @@ -7198,13 +7187,13 @@ |
|
3567 terminfo mode, for example), set the following configuration option: |
|
2411 .sp |
3568 .sp |
2412 .nf |
3569 .nf |
2413 -.ft C |
3570 -.ft C |
2414 +.ft |
3571 +.ft |
2415 [color] |
3572 [color] |
2416 mode = ansi |
3573 mode = terminfo |
2417 -.ft P |
3574 -.ft P |
2418 +.ft |
3575 +.ft |
2419 .fi |
3576 .fi |
2420 .sp |
3577 .sp |
2421 -Any value other than \(aqansi\(aq, \(aqwin32\(aq, or \(aqauto\(aq will disable color. |
3578 -Any value other than \(aqansi\(aq, \(aqwin32\(aq, \(aqterminfo\(aq, or \(aqauto\(aq will |
2422 +Any value other than 'ansi', 'win32', or 'auto' will disable color. |
3579 +Any value other than 'ansi', 'win32', 'terminfo', or 'auto' will |
3580 disable color. |
|
2423 .SS convert |
3581 .SS convert |
2424 .sp |
3582 .sp |
2425 import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into Mercurial |
3583 @@ -7213,9 +7202,9 @@ |
2426 @@ -5464,9 +5438,9 @@ |
|
2427 .SS convert |
3584 .SS convert |
2428 .sp |
3585 .sp |
2429 .nf |
3586 .nf |
2430 -.ft C |
3587 -.ft C |
2431 +.ft |
3588 +.ft |
2433 -.ft P |
3590 -.ft P |
2434 +.ft |
3591 +.ft |
2435 .fi |
3592 .fi |
2436 .sp |
3593 .sp |
2437 Accepted source formats [identifiers]: |
3594 Accepted source formats [identifiers]: |
2438 @@ -5516,7 +5490,7 @@ |
3595 @@ -7265,7 +7254,7 @@ |
2439 .sp |
3596 .sp |
2440 If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the |
3597 If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the |
2441 basename of the source with \fB\-hg\fP appended. If the destination |
3598 basename of the source with \fB\-hg\fP appended. If the destination |
2442 -repository doesn\(aqt exist, it will be created. |
3599 -repository doesn\(aqt exist, it will be created. |
2443 +repository doesn't exist, it will be created. |
3600 +repository doesn't exist, it will be created. |
2444 .sp |
3601 .sp |
2445 By default, all sources except Mercurial will use \-\-branchsort. |
3602 By default, all sources except Mercurial will use \-\-branchsort. |
2446 Mercurial uses \-\-sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers |
3603 Mercurial uses \-\-sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers |
2447 @@ -5542,19 +5516,19 @@ |
3604 @@ -7291,19 +7280,19 @@ |
2448 supported by Mercurial sources. |
3605 supported by Mercurial sources. |
2449 .UNINDENT |
3606 .UNINDENT |
2450 .sp |
3607 .sp |
2451 -If \fBREVMAP\fP isn\(aqt given, it will be put in a default location |
3608 -If \fBREVMAP\fP isn\(aqt given, it will be put in a default location |
2452 +If \fBREVMAP\fP isn't given, it will be put in a default location |
3609 +If \fBREVMAP\fP isn't given, it will be put in a default location |
2467 +If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's |
3624 +If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's |
2468 +updated on each commit copied, so \fBhg convert\fP can be interrupted |
3625 +updated on each commit copied, so \fBhg convert\fP can be interrupted |
2469 and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits. |
3626 and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits. |
2470 .sp |
3627 .sp |
2471 The authormap is a simple text file that maps each source commit |
3628 The authormap is a simple text file that maps each source commit |
2472 @@ -5563,9 +5537,9 @@ |
3629 @@ -7312,9 +7301,9 @@ |
2473 author mapping and the line format is: |
3630 author mapping and the line format is: |
2474 .sp |
3631 .sp |
2475 .nf |
3632 .nf |
2476 -.ft C |
3633 -.ft C |
2477 +.ft |
3634 +.ft |
2479 -.ft P |
3636 -.ft P |
2480 +.ft |
3637 +.ft |
2481 .fi |
3638 .fi |
2482 .sp |
3639 .sp |
2483 Empty lines and lines starting with a \fB#\fP are ignored. |
3640 Empty lines and lines starting with a \fB#\fP are ignored. |
2484 @@ -5575,13 +5549,13 @@ |
3641 @@ -7324,13 +7313,13 @@ |
2485 directives: |
3642 directives: |
2486 .sp |
3643 .sp |
2487 .nf |
3644 .nf |
2488 -.ft C |
3645 -.ft C |
2489 +.ft |
3646 +.ft |
2495 -.ft P |
3652 -.ft P |
2496 +.ft |
3653 +.ft |
2497 .fi |
3654 .fi |
2498 .sp |
3655 .sp |
2499 Comment lines start with \fB#\fP. A specified path matches if it |
3656 Comment lines start with \fB#\fP. A specified path matches if it |
2500 @@ -5605,9 +5579,9 @@ |
3657 @@ -7354,9 +7343,9 @@ |
2501 comma\-separated values: |
3658 comma\-separated values: |
2502 .sp |
3659 .sp |
2503 .nf |
3660 .nf |
2504 -.ft C |
3661 -.ft C |
2505 +.ft |
3662 +.ft |
2507 -.ft P |
3664 -.ft P |
2508 +.ft |
3665 +.ft |
2509 .fi |
3666 .fi |
2510 .sp |
3667 .sp |
2511 The key is the revision ID in the source |
3668 The key is the revision ID in the source |
2512 @@ -5627,9 +5601,9 @@ |
3669 @@ -7376,9 +7365,9 @@ |
2513 lines of the form: |
3670 lines of the form: |
2514 .sp |
3671 .sp |
2515 .nf |
3672 .nf |
2516 -.ft C |
3673 -.ft C |
2517 +.ft |
3674 +.ft |
2519 -.ft P |
3676 -.ft P |
2520 +.ft |
3677 +.ft |
2521 .fi |
3678 .fi |
2522 .sp |
3679 .sp |
2523 where "original_branch_name" is the name of the branch in the |
3680 where "original_branch_name" is the name of the branch in the |
2524 @@ -5876,9 +5850,9 @@ |
3681 @@ -7625,9 +7614,9 @@ |
2525 Files with the declared format of \fBCRLF\fP or \fBLF\fP are always |
3682 Files with the declared format of \fBCRLF\fP or \fBLF\fP are always |
2526 checked out and stored in the repository in that format and files |
3683 checked out and stored in the repository in that format and files |
2527 declared to be binary (\fBBIN\fP) are left unchanged. Additionally, |
3684 declared to be binary (\fBBIN\fP) are left unchanged. Additionally, |
2528 -\fBnative\fP is an alias for checking out in the platform\(aqs default line |
3685 -\fBnative\fP is an alias for checking out in the platform\(aqs default line |
2529 +\fBnative\fP is an alias for checking out in the platform's default line |
3686 +\fBnative\fP is an alias for checking out in the platform's default line |
2531 -Windows. Note that \fBBIN\fP (do nothing to line endings) is Mercurial\(aqs |
3688 -Windows. Note that \fBBIN\fP (do nothing to line endings) is Mercurial\(aqs |
2532 +Windows. Note that \fBBIN\fP (do nothing to line endings) is Mercurial's |
3689 +Windows. Note that \fBBIN\fP (do nothing to line endings) is Mercurial's |
2533 default behaviour; it is only needed if you need to override a later, |
3690 default behaviour; it is only needed if you need to override a later, |
2534 more general pattern. |
3691 more general pattern. |
2535 .sp |
3692 .sp |
2536 @@ -5895,7 +5869,7 @@ |
3693 @@ -7644,7 +7633,7 @@ |
2537 Example versioned \fB.hgeol\fP file: |
3694 Example versioned \fB.hgeol\fP file: |
2538 .sp |
3695 .sp |
2539 .nf |
3696 .nf |
2540 -.ft C |
3697 -.ft C |
2541 +.ft |
3698 +.ft |
2542 [patterns] |
3699 [patterns] |
2543 **.py = native |
3700 **.py = native |
2544 **.vcproj = CRLF |
3701 **.vcproj = CRLF |
2545 @@ -5905,7 +5879,7 @@ |
3702 @@ -7654,8 +7643,9 @@ |
2546 |
3703 |
2547 [repository] |
3704 [repository] |
2548 native = LF |
3705 native = LF |
2549 -.ft P |
3706 -.ft P |
2550 +.ft |
3707 +.ft |
2551 .fi |
3708 .fi |
3709 +.RS 0 |
|
2552 .IP Note |
3710 .IP Note |
2553 . |
3711 . |
2554 @@ -5921,7 +5895,7 @@ |
3712 The rules will first apply when files are touched in the working |
3713 @@ -7671,7 +7661,7 @@ |
|
2555 . |
3714 . |
2556 \fBeol.native\fP (default \fBos.linesep\fP) can be set to \fBLF\fP or |
3715 \fBeol.native\fP (default \fBos.linesep\fP) can be set to \fBLF\fP or |
2557 \fBCRLF\fP to override the default interpretation of \fBnative\fP for |
3716 \fBCRLF\fP to override the default interpretation of \fBnative\fP for |
2558 -checkout. This can be used with \%\fBhg archive\fP\: on Unix, say, to |
3717 -checkout. This can be used with \%\fBhg archive\fP\: on Unix, say, to |
2559 +checkout. This can be used with \fBhg archive\fP on Unix, say, to |
3718 +checkout. This can be used with \fBhg archive\fP on Unix, say, to |
2560 generate an archive where files have line endings for Windows. |
3719 generate an archive where files have line endings for Windows. |
2561 .IP \(bu 2 |
3720 .IP \(bu 2 |
2562 . |
3721 . |
2563 @@ -5944,7 +5918,7 @@ |
3722 @@ -7701,7 +7691,7 @@ |
2564 Remember to enable the eol extension in the repository where you |
3723 \fBeol.checkallhook\fP hook. These hooks are best used as |
2565 install the hook. |
3724 \fBpretxnchangegroup\fP hooks. |
2566 .sp |
3725 .sp |
2567 -See \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\: for more information about the glob patterns |
3726 -See \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\: for more information about the glob patterns |
2568 +See \fBhg help patterns\fP for more information about the glob patterns |
3727 +See \fBhg help patterns\fP for more information about the glob patterns |
2569 used. |
3728 used. |
2570 .SS extdiff |
3729 .SS extdiff |
2571 .sp |
3730 .sp |
2572 @@ -5957,12 +5931,12 @@ |
3731 @@ -7714,12 +7704,12 @@ |
2573 files to compare. |
3732 files to compare. |
2574 .sp |
3733 .sp |
2575 The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so |
3734 The extdiff extension also allows you to configure new diff commands, so |
2576 -you do not need to type \%\fBhg extdiff \-p kdiff3\fP\: always. |
3735 -you do not need to type \%\fBhg extdiff \-p kdiff3\fP\: always. |
2577 +you do not need to type \fBhg extdiff \-p kdiff3\fP always. |
3736 +you do not need to type \fBhg extdiff \-p kdiff3\fP always. |
2578 .sp |
3737 .sp |
2579 .nf |
3738 .nf |
2580 -.ft C |
3739 -.ft C |
2583 -# add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in \(aqcontext diff\(aq mode |
3742 -# add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in \(aqcontext diff\(aq mode |
2584 +# add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode |
3743 +# add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode |
2585 cdiff = gdiff \-Nprc5 |
3744 cdiff = gdiff \-Nprc5 |
2586 ## or the old way: |
3745 ## or the old way: |
2587 #cmd.cdiff = gdiff |
3746 #cmd.cdiff = gdiff |
2588 @@ -5978,19 +5952,19 @@ |
3747 @@ -7736,20 +7726,20 @@ |
2589 # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non |
|
2590 # English user, be sure to put "let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1" in |
3748 # English user, be sure to put "let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1" in |
2591 # your .vimrc |
3749 # your .vimrc |
2592 -vimdiff = gvim \-f \(aq+next\(aq \(aq+execute "DirDiff" argv(0) argv(1)\(aq |
3750 vimdiff = gvim \-f "+next" \e |
2593 -.ft P |
3751 - "+execute \(aqDirDiff\(aq fnameescape(argv(0)) fnameescape(argv(1))" |
2594 +vimdiff = gvim \-f '+next' '+execute "DirDiff" argv(0) argv(1)' |
3752 -.ft P |
3753 + "+execute 'DirDiff' fnameescape(argv(0)) fnameescape(argv(1))" |
|
2595 +.ft |
3754 +.ft |
2596 .fi |
3755 .fi |
2597 .sp |
3756 .sp |
2598 Tool arguments can include variables that are expanded at runtime: |
3757 Tool arguments can include variables that are expanded at runtime: |
2599 .sp |
3758 .sp |
2601 -.ft C |
3760 -.ft C |
2602 +.ft |
3761 +.ft |
2603 $parent1, $plabel1 \- filename, descriptive label of first parent |
3762 $parent1, $plabel1 \- filename, descriptive label of first parent |
2604 $child, $clabel \- filename, descriptive label of child revision |
3763 $child, $clabel \- filename, descriptive label of child revision |
2605 $parent2, $plabel2 \- filename, descriptive label of second parent |
3764 $parent2, $plabel2 \- filename, descriptive label of second parent |
3765 $root \- repository root |
|
2606 $parent is an alias for $parent1. |
3766 $parent is an alias for $parent1. |
2607 -.ft P |
3767 -.ft P |
2608 +.ft |
3768 +.ft |
2609 .fi |
3769 .fi |
2610 .sp |
3770 .sp |
2611 The extdiff extension will look in your [diff\-tools] and [merge\-tools] |
3771 The extdiff extension will look in your [diff\-tools] and [merge\-tools] |
2612 @@ -5997,17 +5971,17 @@ |
3772 @@ -7756,17 +7746,17 @@ |
2613 sections for diff tool arguments, when none are specified in [extdiff]. |
3773 sections for diff tool arguments, when none are specified in [extdiff]. |
2614 .sp |
3774 .sp |
2615 .nf |
3775 .nf |
2616 -.ft C |
3776 -.ft C |
2617 +.ft |
3777 +.ft |
2629 -\%\fBhg diff\fP\: command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only |
3789 -\%\fBhg diff\fP\: command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only |
2630 +\fBhg diff\fP command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only |
3790 +\fBhg diff\fP command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only |
2631 needed files, so running the external diff program will actually be |
3791 needed files, so running the external diff program will actually be |
2632 pretty fast (at least faster than having to compare the entire tree). |
3792 pretty fast (at least faster than having to compare the entire tree). |
2633 .SS Commands |
3793 .SS Commands |
2634 @@ -6014,9 +5988,9 @@ |
3794 @@ -7773,9 +7763,9 @@ |
2635 .SS extdiff |
3795 .SS extdiff |
2636 .sp |
3796 .sp |
2637 .nf |
3797 .nf |
2638 -.ft C |
3798 -.ft C |
2639 +.ft |
3799 +.ft |
2641 -.ft P |
3801 -.ft P |
2642 +.ft |
3802 +.ft |
2643 .fi |
3803 .fi |
2644 .sp |
3804 .sp |
2645 Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using |
3805 Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using |
2646 @@ -6068,9 +6042,9 @@ |
3806 @@ -7833,9 +7823,9 @@ |
3807 By default, keys are specified as: |
|
3808 .sp |
|
3809 .nf |
|
3810 -.ft C |
|
3811 +.ft |
|
3812 proto=pass service=hg prefix=<prefix> user=<username> !password=<password> |
|
3813 -.ft P |
|
3814 +.ft |
|
3815 .fi |
|
3816 .sp |
|
3817 If the factotum extension is unable to read the required key, one will be |
|
3818 @@ -7845,12 +7835,12 @@ |
|
3819 default, these entries are: |
|
3820 .sp |
|
3821 .nf |
|
3822 -.ft C |
|
3823 +.ft |
|
3824 [factotum] |
|
3825 executable = /bin/auth/factotum |
|
3826 mountpoint = /mnt/factotum |
|
3827 service = hg |
|
3828 -.ft P |
|
3829 +.ft |
|
3830 .fi |
|
3831 .sp |
|
3832 The executable entry defines the full path to the factotum binary. The |
|
3833 @@ -7863,9 +7853,9 @@ |
|
2647 .SS fetch |
3834 .SS fetch |
2648 .sp |
3835 .sp |
2649 .nf |
3836 .nf |
2650 -.ft C |
3837 -.ft C |
2651 +.ft |
3838 +.ft |
2653 -.ft P |
3840 -.ft P |
2654 +.ft |
3841 +.ft |
2655 .fi |
3842 .fi |
2656 .sp |
3843 .sp |
2657 This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path |
3844 This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path |
2658 @@ -6086,7 +6060,7 @@ |
3845 @@ -7880,7 +7870,7 @@ |
2659 parent, with local changes as the second. To switch the merge |
3846 the newly pulled changes. Local changes are then merged into the |
2660 order, use \-\-switch\-parent. |
3847 pulled changes. To switch the merge order, use \-\-switch\-parent. |
2661 .sp |
3848 .sp |
2662 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
3849 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
2663 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
3850 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
2664 .sp |
3851 .sp |
2665 Returns 0 on success. |
3852 Returns 0 on success. |
2666 .sp |
3853 .sp |
2667 @@ -6144,9 +6118,9 @@ |
3854 @@ -7938,9 +7928,9 @@ |
2668 .SS sigcheck |
3855 .SS sigcheck |
2669 .sp |
3856 .sp |
2670 .nf |
3857 .nf |
2671 -.ft C |
3858 -.ft C |
2672 +.ft |
3859 +.ft |
2674 -.ft P |
3861 -.ft P |
2675 +.ft |
3862 +.ft |
2676 .fi |
3863 .fi |
2677 .sp |
3864 .sp |
2678 verify all the signatures there may be for a particular revision |
3865 verify all the signatures there may be for a particular revision |
2679 @@ -6153,15 +6127,15 @@ |
3866 @@ -7947,15 +7937,15 @@ |
2680 .SS sign |
3867 .SS sign |
2681 .sp |
3868 .sp |
2682 .nf |
3869 .nf |
2683 -.ft C |
3870 -.ft C |
2684 +.ft |
3871 +.ft |
2693 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
3880 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
2694 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
3881 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
2695 .sp |
3882 .sp |
2696 Options: |
3883 Options: |
2697 .INDENT 0.0 |
3884 .INDENT 0.0 |
2698 @@ -6197,9 +6171,9 @@ |
3885 @@ -7991,9 +7981,9 @@ |
2699 .SS sigs |
3886 .SS sigs |
2700 .sp |
3887 .sp |
2701 .nf |
3888 .nf |
2702 -.ft C |
3889 -.ft C |
2703 +.ft |
3890 +.ft |
2705 -.ft P |
3892 -.ft P |
2706 +.ft |
3893 +.ft |
2707 .fi |
3894 .fi |
2708 .sp |
3895 .sp |
2709 list signed changesets |
3896 list signed changesets |
2710 @@ -6214,9 +6188,9 @@ |
3897 @@ -8008,9 +7998,9 @@ |
2711 .SS glog |
3898 .SS glog |
2712 .sp |
3899 .sp |
2713 .nf |
3900 .nf |
2714 -.ft C |
3901 -.ft C |
2715 +.ft |
3902 +.ft |
2717 -.ft P |
3904 -.ft P |
2718 +.ft |
3905 +.ft |
2719 .fi |
3906 .fi |
2720 .sp |
3907 .sp |
2721 Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with |
3908 Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with |
2722 @@ -6256,7 +6230,7 @@ |
3909 @@ -8118,7 +8108,7 @@ |
2723 configure it, set the following options in your hgrc: |
3910 configure it, set the following options in your hgrc: |
2724 .sp |
3911 .sp |
2725 .nf |
3912 .nf |
2726 -.ft C |
3913 -.ft C |
2727 +.ft |
3914 +.ft |
2728 [cia] |
3915 [cia] |
2729 # your registered CIA user name |
3916 # your registered CIA user name |
2730 user = foo |
3917 user = foo |
2731 @@ -6286,7 +6260,7 @@ |
3918 @@ -8150,7 +8140,7 @@ |
2732 [web] |
3919 [web] |
2733 # If you want hyperlinks (optional) |
3920 # If you want hyperlinks (optional) |
2734 baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo |
3921 baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo |
2735 -.ft P |
3922 -.ft P |
2736 +.ft |
3923 +.ft |
2737 .fi |
3924 .fi |
2738 .SS hgk |
3925 .SS hgk |
2739 .sp |
3926 .sp |
2740 @@ -6302,15 +6276,15 @@ |
3927 @@ -8162,19 +8152,17 @@ |
2741 the contrib directory, and the extension is shipped in the hgext |
3928 .sp |
2742 repository, and needs to be enabled. |
3929 hgk consists of two parts: a Tcl script that does the displaying and |
3930 querying of information, and an extension to Mercurial named hgk.py, |
|
3931 -which provides hooks for hgk to get information. hgk can be found in |
|
3932 -the contrib directory, and the extension is shipped in the hgext |
|
3933 -repository, and needs to be enabled. |
|
3934 +which provides hooks for hgk to get information. |
|
2743 .sp |
3935 .sp |
2744 -The \%\fBhg view\fP\: command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command |
3936 -The \%\fBhg view\fP\: command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command |
2745 +The \fBhg view\fP command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command |
3937 -to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify |
2746 to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify |
3938 -the path to hgk in your configuration file: |
2747 the path to hgk in your configuration file: |
3939 +The \fBhg view\fP command will launch the hgk Tcl script. The script is |
3940 +shipped in /usr/demo/mercurial, and hgk needs no configuration to find it. |
|
3941 +You can specify the path to an alternate hgk in your configuration file: |
|
2748 .sp |
3942 .sp |
2749 .nf |
3943 .nf |
2750 -.ft C |
3944 -.ft C |
2751 +.ft |
3945 +.ft |
2752 [hgk] |
3946 [hgk] |
2754 -.ft P |
3948 -.ft P |
2755 +.ft |
3949 +.ft |
2756 .fi |
3950 .fi |
2757 .sp |
3951 .sp |
2758 hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions. |
3952 hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions. |
2759 @@ -6317,10 +6291,10 @@ |
3953 @@ -8181,10 +8169,10 @@ |
2760 Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add: |
3954 Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add: |
2761 .sp |
3955 .sp |
2762 .nf |
3956 .nf |
2763 -.ft C |
3957 -.ft C |
2764 +.ft |
3958 +.ft |
2767 -.ft P |
3961 -.ft P |
2768 +.ft |
3962 +.ft |
2769 .fi |
3963 .fi |
2770 .sp |
3964 .sp |
2771 Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire |
3965 Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire |
2772 @@ -6329,9 +6303,9 @@ |
3966 @@ -8193,9 +8181,9 @@ |
2773 .SS view |
3967 .SS view |
2774 .sp |
3968 .sp |
2775 .nf |
3969 .nf |
2776 -.ft C |
3970 -.ft C |
2777 +.ft |
3971 +.ft |
2779 -.ft P |
3973 -.ft P |
2780 +.ft |
3974 +.ft |
2781 .fi |
3975 .fi |
2782 .sp |
3976 .sp |
2783 start interactive history viewer |
3977 start interactive history viewer |
2784 @@ -6348,28 +6322,28 @@ |
3978 @@ -8212,28 +8200,28 @@ |
2785 syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments) |
3979 syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments) |
2786 .sp |
3980 .sp |
2787 It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library: |
3981 It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library: |
2788 -\%http://pygments.org/\: |
3982 -\%http://pygments.org/\: |
2789 +http://pygments.org/ |
3983 +http://pygments.org/ |
2815 -.ft P |
4009 -.ft P |
2816 +.ft |
4010 +.ft |
2817 .fi |
4011 .fi |
2818 .sp |
4012 .sp |
2819 start an inotify server for this repository |
4013 start an inotify server for this repository |
2820 @@ -6405,12 +6379,12 @@ |
4014 @@ -8269,12 +8257,12 @@ |
2821 in your hgrc: |
4015 in your hgrc: |
2822 .sp |
4016 .sp |
2823 .nf |
4017 .nf |
2824 -.ft C |
4018 -.ft C |
2825 +.ft |
4019 +.ft |
2830 -.ft P |
4024 -.ft P |
2831 +.ft |
4025 +.ft |
2832 .fi |
4026 .fi |
2833 .SS keyword |
4027 .SS keyword |
2834 .sp |
4028 .sp |
2835 @@ -6432,7 +6406,7 @@ |
4029 @@ -8296,7 +8284,7 @@ |
2836 Example: |
4030 Example: |
2837 .sp |
4031 .sp |
2838 .nf |
4032 .nf |
2839 -.ft C |
4033 -.ft C |
2840 +.ft |
4034 +.ft |
2841 [keyword] |
4035 [keyword] |
2842 # expand keywords in every python file except those matching "x*" |
4036 # expand keywords in every python file except those matching "x*" |
2843 **.py = |
4037 **.py = |
2844 @@ -6441,7 +6415,7 @@ |
4038 @@ -8305,8 +8293,9 @@ |
2845 [keywordset] |
4039 [keywordset] |
2846 # prefer svn\- over cvs\-like default keywordmaps |
4040 # prefer svn\- over cvs\-like default keywordmaps |
2847 svn = True |
4041 svn = True |
2848 -.ft P |
4042 -.ft P |
2849 +.ft |
4043 +.ft |
2850 .fi |
4044 .fi |
4045 +.RS 0 |
|
2851 .IP Note |
4046 .IP Note |
2852 . |
4047 . |
2853 @@ -6450,39 +6424,39 @@ |
4048 The more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you |
4049 @@ -8314,7 +8303,7 @@ |
|
2854 .RE |
4050 .RE |
2855 .sp |
4051 .sp |
2856 For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and |
4052 For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and |
2857 -control run \%\fBhg kwdemo\fP\:. See \%\fBhg help templates\fP\: for a list of |
4053 -control run \%\fBhg kwdemo\fP\:. See \%\fBhg help templates\fP\: for a list of |
2858 +control run \fBhg kwdemo\fP. See \fBhg help templates\fP for a list of |
4054 +control run \fBhg kwdemo\fP. See \fBhg help templates\fP for a list of |
2859 available templates and filters. |
4055 available templates and filters. |
2860 .sp |
4056 .sp |
2861 Three additional date template filters are provided: |
4057 Three additional date template filters are provided: |
2862 .sp |
4058 @@ -8333,26 +8322,26 @@ |
2863 .nf |
4059 "2006\-09\-18 08:13:13 \-700 (Mon, 18 Sep 2006)" |
2864 -.ft C |
4060 .UNINDENT |
2865 +.ft |
|
2866 utcdate "2006/09/18 15:13:13" |
|
2867 svnutcdate "2006\-09\-18 15:13:13Z" |
|
2868 svnisodate "2006\-09\-18 08:13:13 \-700 (Mon, 18 Sep 2006)" |
|
2869 -.ft P |
|
2870 +.ft |
|
2871 .fi |
|
2872 .sp |
4061 .sp |
2873 -The default template mappings (view with \%\fBhg kwdemo \-d\fP\:) can be |
4062 -The default template mappings (view with \%\fBhg kwdemo \-d\fP\:) can be |
2874 +The default template mappings (view with \fBhg kwdemo \-d\fP) can be |
4063 +The default template mappings (view with \fBhg kwdemo \-d\fP) can be |
2875 replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run |
4064 replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run |
2876 -\%\fBhg kwdemo\fP\: to control the results of your configuration changes. |
4065 -\%\fBhg kwdemo\fP\: to control the results of your configuration changes. |
2898 -.ft P |
4087 -.ft P |
2899 +.ft |
4088 +.ft |
2900 .fi |
4089 .fi |
2901 .sp |
4090 .sp |
2902 Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their |
4091 Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their |
2903 @@ -6493,7 +6467,7 @@ |
4092 @@ -8363,7 +8352,7 @@ |
2904 .sp |
4093 .sp |
2905 Use \-d/\-\-default to disable current configuration. |
4094 Use \-d/\-\-default to disable current configuration. |
2906 .sp |
4095 .sp |
2907 -See \%\fBhg help templates\fP\: for information on templates and filters. |
4096 -See \%\fBhg help templates\fP\: for information on templates and filters. |
2908 +See \fBhg help templates\fP for information on templates and filters. |
4097 +See \fBhg help templates\fP for information on templates and filters. |
2909 .sp |
4098 .sp |
2910 Options: |
4099 Options: |
2911 .INDENT 0.0 |
4100 .INDENT 0.0 |
2912 @@ -6509,9 +6483,9 @@ |
4101 @@ -8379,9 +8368,9 @@ |
2913 .SS kwexpand |
4102 .SS kwexpand |
2914 .sp |
4103 .sp |
2915 .nf |
4104 .nf |
2916 -.ft C |
4105 -.ft C |
2917 +.ft |
4106 +.ft |
2919 -.ft P |
4108 -.ft P |
2920 +.ft |
4109 +.ft |
2921 .fi |
4110 .fi |
2922 .sp |
4111 .sp |
2923 Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion. |
4112 Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion. |
2924 @@ -6532,9 +6506,9 @@ |
4113 @@ -8402,9 +8391,9 @@ |
2925 .SS kwfiles |
4114 .SS kwfiles |
2926 .sp |
4115 .sp |
2927 .nf |
4116 .nf |
2928 -.ft C |
4117 -.ft C |
2929 +.ft |
4118 +.ft |
2931 -.ft P |
4120 -.ft P |
2932 +.ft |
4121 +.ft |
2933 .fi |
4122 .fi |
2934 .sp |
4123 .sp |
2935 List which files in the working directory are matched by the |
4124 List which files in the working directory are matched by the |
2936 @@ -6544,7 +6518,7 @@ |
4125 @@ -8414,7 +8403,7 @@ |
2937 execution by including only files that are actual candidates for |
4126 execution by including only files that are actual candidates for |
2938 expansion. |
4127 expansion. |
2939 .sp |
4128 .sp |
2940 -See \%\fBhg help keyword\fP\: on how to construct patterns both for |
4129 -See \%\fBhg help keyword\fP\: on how to construct patterns both for |
2941 +See \fBhg help keyword\fP on how to construct patterns both for |
4130 +See \fBhg help keyword\fP on how to construct patterns both for |
2942 inclusion and exclusion of files. |
4131 inclusion and exclusion of files. |
2943 .sp |
4132 .sp |
2944 With \-A/\-\-all and \-v/\-\-verbose the codes used to show the status |
4133 With \-A/\-\-all and \-v/\-\-verbose the codes used to show the status |
2945 @@ -6551,12 +6525,12 @@ |
4134 @@ -8421,12 +8410,12 @@ |
2946 of files are: |
4135 of files are: |
2947 .sp |
4136 .sp |
2948 .nf |
4137 .nf |
2949 -.ft C |
4138 -.ft C |
2950 +.ft |
4139 +.ft |
2955 -.ft P |
4144 -.ft P |
2956 +.ft |
4145 +.ft |
2957 .fi |
4146 .fi |
2958 .sp |
4147 .sp |
2959 Options: |
4148 Options: |
2960 @@ -6585,9 +6559,9 @@ |
4149 @@ -8455,9 +8444,9 @@ |
2961 .SS kwshrink |
4150 .SS kwshrink |
2962 .sp |
4151 .sp |
2963 .nf |
4152 .nf |
2964 -.ft C |
4153 -.ft C |
2965 +.ft |
4154 +.ft |
2967 -.ft P |
4156 -.ft P |
2968 +.ft |
4157 +.ft |
2969 .fi |
4158 .fi |
2970 .sp |
4159 .sp |
2971 Must be run before changing/disabling active keywords. |
4160 Must be run before changing/disabling active keywords. |
2972 @@ -6616,10 +6590,10 @@ |
4161 @@ -8481,10 +8470,10 @@ |
4162 .sp |
|
4163 Large binary files tend to be not very compressible, not very |
|
4164 diffable, and not at all mergeable. Such files are not handled |
|
4165 -efficiently by Mercurial\(aqs storage format (revlog), which is based on |
|
4166 +efficiently by Mercurial's storage format (revlog), which is based on |
|
4167 compressed binary deltas; storing large binary files as regular |
|
4168 Mercurial files wastes bandwidth and disk space and increases |
|
4169 -Mercurial\(aqs memory usage. The largefiles extension addresses these |
|
4170 +Mercurial's memory usage. The largefiles extension addresses these |
|
4171 problems by adding a centralized client\-server layer on top of |
|
4172 Mercurial: largefiles live in a \fIcentral store\fP out on the network |
|
4173 somewhere, and you only fetch the revisions that you need when you |
|
4174 @@ -8496,18 +8485,18 @@ |
|
4175 identified by the SHA\-1 hash of their contents, which is written to |
|
4176 the standin. largefiles uses that revision ID to get/put largefile |
|
4177 revisions from/to the central store. This saves both disk space and |
|
4178 -bandwidth, since you don\(aqt need to retrieve all historical revisions |
|
4179 +bandwidth, since you don't need to retrieve all historical revisions |
|
4180 of large files when you clone or pull. |
|
4181 .sp |
|
4182 To start a new repository or add new large binary files, just add |
|
4183 -\-\-large to your \%\fBhg add\fP\: command. For example: |
|
4184 +\-\-large to your \fBhg add\fP command. For example: |
|
4185 .sp |
|
4186 .nf |
|
4187 -.ft C |
|
4188 +.ft |
|
4189 $ dd if=/dev/urandom of=randomdata count=2000 |
|
4190 $ hg add \-\-large randomdata |
|
4191 -$ hg commit \-m \(aqadd randomdata as a largefile\(aq |
|
4192 -.ft P |
|
4193 +$ hg commit \-m 'add randomdata as a largefile' |
|
4194 +.ft |
|
4195 .fi |
|
4196 .sp |
|
4197 When you push a changeset that adds/modifies largefiles to a remote |
|
4198 @@ -8525,12 +8514,12 @@ |
|
4199 If you already have large files tracked by Mercurial without the |
|
4200 largefiles extension, you will need to convert your repository in |
|
4201 order to benefit from largefiles. This is done with the |
|
4202 -\%\fBhg lfconvert\fP\: command: |
|
4203 +\fBhg lfconvert\fP command: |
|
4204 .sp |
|
4205 .nf |
|
4206 -.ft C |
|
4207 +.ft |
|
4208 $ hg lfconvert \-\-size 10 oldrepo newrepo |
|
4209 -.ft P |
|
4210 +.ft |
|
4211 .fi |
|
4212 .sp |
|
4213 In repositories that already have largefiles in them, any new file |
|
4214 @@ -8540,20 +8529,20 @@ |
|
4215 \-\-lfsize option to the add command (also in megabytes): |
|
4216 .sp |
|
4217 .nf |
|
4218 -.ft C |
|
4219 +.ft |
|
4220 [largefiles] |
|
4221 minsize = 2 |
|
4222 |
|
4223 $ hg add \-\-lfsize 2 |
|
4224 -.ft P |
|
4225 +.ft |
|
4226 .fi |
|
4227 .sp |
|
4228 The \fBlargefiles.patterns\fP config option allows you to specify a list |
|
4229 -of filename patterns (see \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\:) that should always be |
|
4230 +of filename patterns (see \fBhg help patterns\fP) that should always be |
|
4231 tracked as largefiles: |
|
4232 .sp |
|
4233 .nf |
|
4234 -.ft C |
|
4235 +.ft |
|
4236 [largefiles] |
|
4237 patterns = |
|
4238 *.jpg |
|
4239 @@ -8560,7 +8549,7 @@ |
|
4240 re:.*\e.(png|bmp)$ |
|
4241 library.zip |
|
4242 content/audio/* |
|
4243 -.ft P |
|
4244 +.ft |
|
4245 .fi |
|
4246 .sp |
|
4247 Files that match one of these patterns will be added as largefiles |
|
4248 @@ -8569,15 +8558,15 @@ |
|
4249 The \fBlargefiles.minsize\fP and \fBlargefiles.patterns\fP config options |
|
4250 will be ignored for any repositories not already containing a |
|
4251 largefile. To add the first largefile to a repository, you must |
|
4252 -explicitly do so with the \-\-large flag passed to the \%\fBhg add\fP\: |
|
4253 +explicitly do so with the \-\-large flag passed to the \fBhg add\fP |
|
4254 command. |
|
4255 .SS Commands |
|
4256 .SS lfconvert |
|
4257 .sp |
|
4258 .nf |
|
4259 -.ft C |
|
4260 +.ft |
|
4261 hg lfconvert SOURCE DEST [FILE ...] |
|
4262 -.ft P |
|
4263 +.ft |
|
4264 .fi |
|
4265 .sp |
|
4266 Convert repository SOURCE to a new repository DEST, identical to |
|
4267 @@ -8618,10 +8607,10 @@ |
|
2973 Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches |
4268 Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches |
2974 directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets. |
4269 directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets. |
2975 .sp |
4270 .sp |
2976 -Common tasks (use \%\fBhg help command\fP\: for more details): |
4271 -Common tasks (use \%\fBhg help command\fP\: for more details): |
2977 +Common tasks (use \fBhg help command\fP for more details): |
4272 +Common tasks (use \fBhg help command\fP for more details): |
2980 -.ft C |
4275 -.ft C |
2981 +.ft |
4276 +.ft |
2982 create new patch qnew |
4277 create new patch qnew |
2983 import existing patch qimport |
4278 import existing patch qimport |
2984 |
4279 |
2985 @@ -6629,7 +6603,7 @@ |
4280 @@ -8631,7 +8620,7 @@ |
2986 add known patch to applied stack qpush |
4281 add known patch to applied stack qpush |
2987 remove patch from applied stack qpop |
4282 remove patch from applied stack qpop |
2988 refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh |
4283 refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh |
2989 -.ft P |
4284 -.ft P |
2990 +.ft |
4285 +.ft |
2991 .fi |
4286 .fi |
2992 .sp |
4287 .sp |
2993 By default, mq will automatically use git patches when required to |
4288 By default, mq will automatically use git patches when required to |
2994 @@ -6637,26 +6611,26 @@ |
4289 @@ -8639,36 +8628,36 @@ |
2995 files creations or deletions. This behaviour can be configured with: |
4290 files creations or deletions. This behaviour can be configured with: |
2996 .sp |
4291 .sp |
2997 .nf |
4292 .nf |
2998 -.ft C |
4293 -.ft C |
2999 +.ft |
4294 +.ft |
3006 -If set to \(aqkeep\(aq, mq will obey the [diff] section configuration while |
4301 -If set to \(aqkeep\(aq, mq will obey the [diff] section configuration while |
3007 -preserving existing git patches upon qrefresh. If set to \(aqyes\(aq or |
4302 -preserving existing git patches upon qrefresh. If set to \(aqyes\(aq or |
3008 -\(aqno\(aq, mq will override the [diff] section and always generate git or |
4303 -\(aqno\(aq, mq will override the [diff] section and always generate git or |
3009 +If set to 'keep', mq will obey the [diff] section configuration while |
4304 +If set to 'keep', mq will obey the [diff] section configuration while |
3010 +preserving existing git patches upon qrefresh. If set to 'yes' or |
4305 +preserving existing git patches upon qrefresh. If set to 'yes' or |
3011 +\'no', mq will override the [diff] section and always generate git or |
4306 +'no', mq will override the [diff] section and always generate git or |
3012 regular patches, possibly losing data in the second case. |
4307 regular patches, possibly losing data in the second case. |
4308 .sp |
|
4309 It may be desirable for mq changesets to be kept in the secret phase (see |
|
4310 -\%\fBhg help phases\fP\:), which can be enabled with the following setting: |
|
4311 +\fBhg help phases\fP), which can be enabled with the following setting: |
|
4312 .sp |
|
4313 .nf |
|
4314 -.ft C |
|
4315 +.ft |
|
4316 [mq] |
|
4317 secret = True |
|
4318 -.ft P |
|
4319 +.ft |
|
4320 .fi |
|
3013 .sp |
4321 .sp |
3014 You will by default be managing a patch queue named "patches". You can |
4322 You will by default be managing a patch queue named "patches". You can |
3015 -create other, independent patch queues with the \%\fBhg qqueue\fP\: command. |
4323 -create other, independent patch queues with the \%\fBhg qqueue\fP\: command. |
3016 +create other, independent patch queues with the \fBhg qqueue\fP command. |
4324 +create other, independent patch queues with the \fBhg qqueue\fP command. |
3017 .SS Commands |
4325 .SS Commands |
3024 -.ft P |
4332 -.ft P |
3025 +.ft |
4333 +.ft |
3026 .fi |
4334 .fi |
3027 .sp |
4335 .sp |
3028 Returns 0 on success. |
4336 Returns 0 on success. |
3029 @@ -6675,9 +6649,9 @@ |
4337 @@ -8687,9 +8676,9 @@ |
3030 .SS qclone |
4338 .SS qclone |
3031 .sp |
4339 .sp |
3032 .nf |
4340 .nf |
3033 -.ft C |
4341 -.ft C |
3034 +.ft |
4342 +.ft |
3036 -.ft P |
4344 -.ft P |
3037 +.ft |
4345 +.ft |
3038 .fi |
4346 .fi |
3039 .sp |
4347 .sp |
3040 If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If |
4348 If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If |
3041 @@ -6690,7 +6664,7 @@ |
4349 @@ -8702,7 +8691,7 @@ |
3042 default. Use \-p <url> to change. |
4350 default. Use \-p <url> to change. |
3043 .sp |
4351 .sp |
3044 The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as |
4352 The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as |
3045 -would be created by \%\fBhg init \-\-mq\fP\:. |
4353 -would be created by \%\fBhg init \-\-mq\fP\:. |
3046 +would be created by \fBhg init \-\-mq\fP. |
4354 +would be created by \fBhg init \-\-mq\fP. |
3047 .sp |
4355 .sp |
3048 Return 0 on success. |
4356 Return 0 on success. |
3049 .sp |
4357 .sp |
3050 @@ -6728,12 +6702,12 @@ |
4358 @@ -8740,12 +8729,12 @@ |
3051 .SS qcommit |
4359 .SS qcommit |
3052 .sp |
4360 .sp |
3053 .nf |
4361 .nf |
3054 -.ft C |
4362 -.ft C |
3055 +.ft |
4363 +.ft |
3061 -This command is deprecated; use \%\fBhg commit \-\-mq\fP\: instead. |
4369 -This command is deprecated; use \%\fBhg commit \-\-mq\fP\: instead. |
3062 +This command is deprecated; use \fBhg commit \-\-mq\fP instead. |
4370 +This command is deprecated; use \fBhg commit \-\-mq\fP instead. |
3063 .sp |
4371 .sp |
3064 Options: |
4372 Options: |
3065 .INDENT 0.0 |
4373 .INDENT 0.0 |
3066 @@ -6775,9 +6749,9 @@ |
4374 @@ -8795,9 +8784,9 @@ |
3067 .SS qdelete |
4375 .SS qdelete |
3068 .sp |
4376 .sp |
3069 .nf |
4377 .nf |
3070 -.ft C |
4378 -.ft C |
3071 +.ft |
4379 +.ft |
3072 hg qdelete [\-k] [PATCH]... |
4380 hg qdelete [\-k] [PATCH]... |
3073 -.ft P |
4381 -.ft P |
3074 +.ft |
4382 +.ft |
3075 .fi |
4383 .fi |
3076 .sp |
4384 .sp |
3077 The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. With |
4385 The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. Exact |
3078 @@ -6784,7 +6758,7 @@ |
4386 @@ -8805,7 +8794,7 @@ |
3079 \-k/\-\-keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory. |
4387 preserved in the patch directory. |
3080 .sp |
4388 .sp |
3081 To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history, |
4389 To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history, |
3082 -use the \%\fBhg qfinish\fP\: command. |
4390 -use the \%\fBhg qfinish\fP\: command. |
3083 +use the \fBhg qfinish\fP command. |
4391 +use the \fBhg qfinish\fP command. |
3084 .sp |
4392 .sp |
3085 Options: |
4393 Options: |
3086 .INDENT 0.0 |
4394 .INDENT 0.0 |
3087 @@ -6802,9 +6776,9 @@ |
4395 @@ -8823,9 +8812,9 @@ |
3088 .SS qdiff |
4396 .SS qdiff |
3089 .sp |
4397 .sp |
3090 .nf |
4398 .nf |
3091 -.ft C |
4399 -.ft C |
3092 +.ft |
4400 +.ft |
3094 -.ft P |
4402 -.ft P |
3095 +.ft |
4403 +.ft |
3096 .fi |
4404 .fi |
3097 .sp |
4405 .sp |
3098 Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any |
4406 Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any |
3099 @@ -6812,8 +6786,8 @@ |
4407 @@ -8833,8 +8822,8 @@ |
3100 last refresh (thus showing what the current patch would become |
4408 last refresh (thus showing what the current patch would become |
3101 after a qrefresh). |
4409 after a qrefresh). |
3102 .sp |
4410 .sp |
3103 -Use \%\fBhg diff\fP\: if you only want to see the changes made since the |
4411 -Use \%\fBhg diff\fP\: if you only want to see the changes made since the |
3104 -last qrefresh, or \%\fBhg export qtip\fP\: if you want to see changes |
4412 -last qrefresh, or \%\fBhg export qtip\fP\: if you want to see changes |
3105 +Use \fBhg diff\fP if you only want to see the changes made since the |
4413 +Use \fBhg diff\fP if you only want to see the changes made since the |
3106 +last qrefresh, or \fBhg export qtip\fP if you want to see changes |
4414 +last qrefresh, or \fBhg export qtip\fP if you want to see changes |
3107 made by the current patch without including changes made since the |
4415 made by the current patch without including changes made since the |
3108 qrefresh. |
4416 qrefresh. |
3109 .sp |
4417 .sp |
3110 @@ -6873,9 +6847,9 @@ |
4418 @@ -8894,9 +8883,9 @@ |
3111 .SS qfinish |
4419 .SS qfinish |
3112 .sp |
4420 .sp |
3113 .nf |
4421 .nf |
3114 -.ft C |
4422 -.ft C |
3115 +.ft |
4423 +.ft |
3117 -.ft P |
4425 -.ft P |
3118 +.ft |
4426 +.ft |
3119 .fi |
4427 .fi |
3120 .sp |
4428 .sp |
3121 Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied |
4429 Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied |
3122 @@ -6903,9 +6877,9 @@ |
4430 @@ -8924,9 +8913,9 @@ |
3123 .SS qfold |
4431 .SS qfold |
3124 .sp |
4432 .sp |
3125 .nf |
4433 .nf |
3126 -.ft C |
4434 -.ft C |
3127 +.ft |
4435 +.ft |
3129 -.ft P |
4437 -.ft P |
3130 +.ft |
4438 +.ft |
3131 .fi |
4439 .fi |
3132 .sp |
4440 .sp |
3133 Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively |
4441 Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively |
3134 @@ -6942,9 +6916,9 @@ |
4442 @@ -8963,9 +8952,9 @@ |
3135 .SS qgoto |
4443 .SS qgoto |
3136 .sp |
4444 .sp |
3137 .nf |
4445 .nf |
3138 -.ft C |
4446 -.ft C |
3139 +.ft |
4447 +.ft |
3141 -.ft P |
4449 -.ft P |
3142 +.ft |
4450 +.ft |
3143 .fi |
4451 .fi |
3144 .sp |
4452 .sp |
3145 Returns 0 on success. |
4453 Returns 0 on success. |
3146 @@ -6959,15 +6933,15 @@ |
4454 @@ -8980,30 +8969,31 @@ |
3147 .SS qguard |
4455 .SS qguard |
3148 .sp |
4456 .sp |
3149 .nf |
4457 .nf |
3150 -.ft C |
4458 -.ft C |
3151 +.ft |
4459 +.ft |
3161 +pushed only if the \fBhg qselect\fP command has activated it. A patch with |
4469 +pushed only if the \fBhg qselect\fP command has activated it. A patch with |
3162 +a negative guard ("\-foo") is never pushed if the \fBhg qselect\fP command |
4470 +a negative guard ("\-foo") is never pushed if the \fBhg qselect\fP command |
3163 has activated it. |
4471 has activated it. |
3164 .sp |
4472 .sp |
3165 With no arguments, print the currently active guards. |
4473 With no arguments, print the currently active guards. |
3166 @@ -6974,15 +6948,15 @@ |
|
3167 With arguments, set guards for the named patch. |
4474 With arguments, set guards for the named patch. |
4475 +.RS 0 |
|
3168 .IP Note |
4476 .IP Note |
3169 . |
4477 . |
3170 -Specifying negative guards now requires \(aq\-\-\(aq. |
4478 -Specifying negative guards now requires \(aq\-\-\(aq. |
3171 +Specifying negative guards now requires '\-\-'. |
4479 +Specifying negative guards now requires '\-\-'. |
3172 .RE |
4480 .RE |
3180 -.ft P |
4488 -.ft P |
3181 +.ft |
4489 +.ft |
3182 .fi |
4490 .fi |
3183 .sp |
4491 .sp |
3184 Returns 0 on success. |
4492 Returns 0 on success. |
3185 @@ -7001,9 +6975,9 @@ |
4493 @@ -9022,9 +9012,9 @@ |
3186 .SS qheader |
4494 .SS qheader |
3187 .sp |
4495 .sp |
3188 .nf |
4496 .nf |
3189 -.ft C |
4497 -.ft C |
3190 +.ft |
4498 +.ft |
3192 -.ft P |
4500 -.ft P |
3193 +.ft |
4501 +.ft |
3194 .fi |
4502 .fi |
3195 .sp |
4503 .sp |
3196 Returns 0 on success. |
4504 Returns 0 on success. |
3197 @@ -7010,9 +6984,9 @@ |
4505 @@ -9031,9 +9021,9 @@ |
3198 .SS qimport |
4506 .SS qimport |
3199 .sp |
4507 .sp |
3200 .nf |
4508 .nf |
3201 -.ft C |
4509 -.ft C |
3202 +.ft |
4510 +.ft |
3204 -.ft P |
4512 -.ft P |
3205 +.ft |
4513 +.ft |
3206 .fi |
4514 .fi |
3207 .sp |
4515 .sp |
3208 The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied |
4516 The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied |
3209 @@ -7042,9 +7016,9 @@ |
4517 @@ -9054,7 +9044,7 @@ |
4518 With \-g/\-\-git, patches imported with \-\-rev will use the git diff |
|
4519 format. See the diffs help topic for information on why this is |
|
4520 important for preserving rename/copy information and permission |
|
4521 -changes. Use \%\fBhg qfinish\fP\: to remove changesets from mq control. |
|
4522 +changes. Use \fBhg qfinish\fP to remove changesets from mq control. |
|
4523 .sp |
|
4524 To import a patch from standard input, pass \- as the patch file. |
|
4525 When importing from standard input, a patch name must be specified |
|
4526 @@ -9063,9 +9053,9 @@ |
|
3210 To import an existing patch while renaming it: |
4527 To import an existing patch while renaming it: |
3211 .sp |
4528 .sp |
3212 .nf |
4529 .nf |
3213 -.ft C |
4530 -.ft C |
3214 +.ft |
4531 +.ft |
3216 -.ft P |
4533 -.ft P |
3217 +.ft |
4534 +.ft |
3218 .fi |
4535 .fi |
3219 .sp |
4536 .sp |
3220 Returns 0 if import succeeded. |
4537 Returns 0 if import succeeded. |
3221 @@ -7079,9 +7053,9 @@ |
4538 @@ -9100,9 +9090,9 @@ |
3222 .SS qinit |
4539 .SS qinit |
3223 .sp |
4540 .sp |
3224 .nf |
4541 .nf |
3225 -.ft C |
4542 -.ft C |
3226 +.ft |
4543 +.ft |
3228 -.ft P |
4545 -.ft P |
3229 +.ft |
4546 +.ft |
3230 .fi |
4547 .fi |
3231 .sp |
4548 .sp |
3232 The queue repository is unversioned by default. If |
4549 The queue repository is unversioned by default. If |
3233 @@ -7090,8 +7064,8 @@ |
4550 @@ -9111,8 +9101,8 @@ |
3234 an unversioned patch repository into a versioned one). You can use |
4551 an unversioned patch repository into a versioned one). You can use |
3235 qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository. |
4552 qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository. |
3236 .sp |
4553 .sp |
3237 -This command is deprecated. Without \-c, it\(aqs implied by other relevant |
4554 -This command is deprecated. Without \-c, it\(aqs implied by other relevant |
3238 -commands. With \-c, use \%\fBhg init \-\-mq\fP\: instead. |
4555 -commands. With \-c, use \%\fBhg init \-\-mq\fP\: instead. |
3239 +This command is deprecated. Without \-c, it's implied by other relevant |
4556 +This command is deprecated. Without \-c, it's implied by other relevant |
3240 +commands. With \-c, use \fBhg init \-\-mq\fP instead. |
4557 +commands. With \-c, use \fBhg init \-\-mq\fP instead. |
3241 .sp |
4558 .sp |
3242 Options: |
4559 Options: |
3243 .INDENT 0.0 |
4560 .INDENT 0.0 |
3244 @@ -7103,9 +7077,9 @@ |
4561 @@ -9124,9 +9114,9 @@ |
3245 .SS qnew |
4562 .SS qnew |
3246 .sp |
4563 .sp |
3247 .nf |
4564 .nf |
3248 -.ft C |
4565 -.ft C |
3249 +.ft |
4566 +.ft |
3251 -.ft P |
4568 -.ft P |
3252 +.ft |
4569 +.ft |
3253 .fi |
4570 .fi |
3254 .sp |
4571 .sp |
3255 qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently\-applied patch (if |
4572 qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently\-applied patch (if |
3256 @@ -7121,7 +7095,7 @@ |
4573 @@ -9142,7 +9132,7 @@ |
3257 .sp |
4574 .sp |
3258 \-e/\-\-edit, \-m/\-\-message or \-l/\-\-logfile set the patch header as |
4575 \-e/\-\-edit, \-m/\-\-message or \-l/\-\-logfile set the patch header as |
3259 well as the commit message. If none is specified, the header is |
4576 well as the commit message. If none is specified, the header is |
3260 -empty and the commit message is \(aq[mq]: PATCH\(aq. |
4577 -empty and the commit message is \(aq[mq]: PATCH\(aq. |
3261 +empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'. |
4578 +empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'. |
3262 .sp |
4579 .sp |
3263 Use the \-g/\-\-git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff |
4580 Use the \-g/\-\-git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff |
3264 format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this |
4581 format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this |
3265 @@ -7180,9 +7154,9 @@ |
4582 @@ -9201,9 +9191,9 @@ |
3266 .SS qnext |
4583 .SS qnext |
3267 .sp |
4584 .sp |
3268 .nf |
4585 .nf |
3269 -.ft C |
4586 -.ft C |
3270 +.ft |
4587 +.ft |
3272 -.ft P |
4589 -.ft P |
3273 +.ft |
4590 +.ft |
3274 .fi |
4591 .fi |
3275 .sp |
4592 .sp |
3276 Returns 0 on success. |
4593 Returns 0 on success. |
3277 @@ -7197,9 +7171,9 @@ |
4594 @@ -9218,9 +9208,9 @@ |
3278 .SS qpop |
4595 .SS qpop |
3279 .sp |
4596 .sp |
3280 .nf |
4597 .nf |
3281 -.ft C |
4598 -.ft C |
3282 +.ft |
4599 +.ft |
3284 -.ft P |
4601 -.ft P |
3285 +.ft |
4602 +.ft |
3286 .fi |
4603 .fi |
3287 .sp |
4604 .sp |
3288 By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch |
4605 By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch |
3289 @@ -7226,9 +7200,9 @@ |
4606 @@ -9247,9 +9237,9 @@ |
3290 .SS qprev |
4607 .SS qprev |
3291 .sp |
4608 .sp |
3292 .nf |
4609 .nf |
3293 -.ft C |
4610 -.ft C |
3294 +.ft |
4611 +.ft |
3296 -.ft P |
4613 -.ft P |
3297 +.ft |
4614 +.ft |
3298 .fi |
4615 .fi |
3299 .sp |
4616 .sp |
3300 Returns 0 on success. |
4617 Returns 0 on success. |
3301 @@ -7243,9 +7217,9 @@ |
4618 @@ -9264,9 +9254,9 @@ |
3302 .SS qpush |
4619 .SS qpush |
3303 .sp |
4620 .sp |
3304 .nf |
4621 .nf |
3305 -.ft C |
4622 -.ft C |
3306 +.ft |
4623 +.ft |
3308 -.ft P |
4625 -.ft P |
3309 +.ft |
4626 +.ft |
3310 .fi |
4627 .fi |
3311 .sp |
4628 .sp |
3312 When \-f/\-\-force is applied, all local changes in patched files |
4629 When \-f/\-\-force is applied, all local changes in patched files |
3313 @@ -7287,9 +7261,9 @@ |
4630 @@ -9308,9 +9298,9 @@ |
3314 .SS qqueue |
4631 .SS qqueue |
3315 .sp |
4632 .sp |
3316 .nf |
4633 .nf |
3317 -.ft C |
4634 -.ft C |
3318 +.ft |
4635 +.ft |
3320 -.ft P |
4637 -.ft P |
3321 +.ft |
4638 +.ft |
3322 .fi |
4639 .fi |
3323 .sp |
4640 .sp |
3324 Supports switching between different patch queues, as well as creating |
4641 Supports switching between different patch queues, as well as creating |
3325 @@ -7335,9 +7309,9 @@ |
4642 @@ -9361,9 +9351,9 @@ |
3326 .SS qrefresh |
4643 .SS qrefresh |
3327 .sp |
4644 .sp |
3328 .nf |
4645 .nf |
3329 -.ft C |
4646 -.ft C |
3330 +.ft |
4647 +.ft |
3332 -.ft P |
4649 -.ft P |
3333 +.ft |
4650 +.ft |
3334 .fi |
4651 .fi |
3335 .sp |
4652 .sp |
3336 If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will |
4653 If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will |
3337 @@ -7408,9 +7382,9 @@ |
4654 @@ -9434,9 +9424,9 @@ |
3338 .SS qrename |
4655 .SS qrename |
3339 .sp |
4656 .sp |
3340 .nf |
4657 .nf |
3341 -.ft C |
4658 -.ft C |
3342 +.ft |
4659 +.ft |
3344 -.ft P |
4661 -.ft P |
3345 +.ft |
4662 +.ft |
3346 .fi |
4663 .fi |
3347 .sp |
4664 .sp |
3348 With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1. |
4665 With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1. |
3349 @@ -7426,12 +7400,12 @@ |
4666 @@ -9452,12 +9442,12 @@ |
3350 .SS qrestore |
4667 .SS qrestore |
3351 .sp |
4668 .sp |
3352 .nf |
4669 .nf |
3353 -.ft C |
4670 -.ft C |
3354 +.ft |
4671 +.ft |
3360 -This command is deprecated, use \%\fBhg rebase\fP\: instead. |
4677 -This command is deprecated, use \%\fBhg rebase\fP\: instead. |
3361 +This command is deprecated, use \fBhg rebase\fP instead. |
4678 +This command is deprecated, use \fBhg rebase\fP instead. |
3362 .sp |
4679 .sp |
3363 Options: |
4680 Options: |
3364 .INDENT 0.0 |
4681 .INDENT 0.0 |
3365 @@ -7447,12 +7421,12 @@ |
4682 @@ -9473,12 +9463,12 @@ |
3366 .SS qsave |
4683 .SS qsave |
3367 .sp |
4684 .sp |
3368 .nf |
4685 .nf |
3369 -.ft C |
4686 -.ft C |
3370 +.ft |
4687 +.ft |
3376 -This command is deprecated, use \%\fBhg rebase\fP\: instead. |
4693 -This command is deprecated, use \%\fBhg rebase\fP\: instead. |
3377 +This command is deprecated, use \fBhg rebase\fP instead. |
4694 +This command is deprecated, use \fBhg rebase\fP instead. |
3378 .sp |
4695 .sp |
3379 Options: |
4696 Options: |
3380 .INDENT 0.0 |
4697 .INDENT 0.0 |
3381 @@ -7484,12 +7458,12 @@ |
4698 @@ -9510,12 +9500,12 @@ |
3382 .SS qselect |
4699 .SS qselect |
3383 .sp |
4700 .sp |
3384 .nf |
4701 .nf |
3385 -.ft C |
4702 -.ft C |
3386 +.ft |
4703 +.ft |
3392 -Use the \%\fBhg qguard\fP\: command to set or print guards on patch, then use |
4709 -Use the \%\fBhg qguard\fP\: command to set or print guards on patch, then use |
3393 +Use the \fBhg qguard\fP command to set or print guards on patch, then use |
4710 +Use the \fBhg qguard\fP command to set or print guards on patch, then use |
3394 qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if |
4711 qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if |
3395 it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently |
4712 it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently |
3396 selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards |
4713 selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards |
3397 @@ -7496,11 +7470,11 @@ |
4714 @@ -9522,11 +9512,11 @@ |
3398 match the current guard. For example: |
4715 match the current guard. For example: |
3399 .sp |
4716 .sp |
3400 .nf |
4717 .nf |
3401 -.ft C |
4718 -.ft C |
3402 +.ft |
4719 +.ft |
3406 -.ft P |
4723 -.ft P |
3407 +.ft |
4724 +.ft |
3408 .fi |
4725 .fi |
3409 .sp |
4726 .sp |
3410 This activates the "stable" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because |
4727 This activates the "stable" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because |
3411 @@ -7547,9 +7521,9 @@ |
4728 @@ -9573,9 +9563,9 @@ |
3412 .SS qseries |
4729 .SS qseries |
3413 .sp |
4730 .sp |
3414 .nf |
4731 .nf |
3415 -.ft C |
4732 -.ft C |
3416 +.ft |
4733 +.ft |
3418 -.ft P |
4735 -.ft P |
3419 +.ft |
4736 +.ft |
3420 .fi |
4737 .fi |
3421 .sp |
4738 .sp |
3422 Returns 0 on success. |
4739 Returns 0 on success. |
3423 @@ -7568,9 +7542,9 @@ |
4740 @@ -9594,9 +9584,9 @@ |
3424 .SS qtop |
4741 .SS qtop |
3425 .sp |
4742 .sp |
3426 .nf |
4743 .nf |
3427 -.ft C |
4744 -.ft C |
3428 +.ft |
4745 +.ft |
3430 -.ft P |
4747 -.ft P |
3431 +.ft |
4748 +.ft |
3432 .fi |
4749 .fi |
3433 .sp |
4750 .sp |
3434 Returns 0 on success. |
4751 Returns 0 on success. |
3435 @@ -7585,9 +7559,9 @@ |
4752 @@ -9611,9 +9601,9 @@ |
3436 .SS qunapplied |
4753 .SS qunapplied |
3437 .sp |
4754 .sp |
3438 .nf |
4755 .nf |
3439 -.ft C |
4756 -.ft C |
3440 +.ft |
4757 +.ft |
3442 -.ft P |
4759 -.ft P |
3443 +.ft |
4760 +.ft |
3444 .fi |
4761 .fi |
3445 .sp |
4762 .sp |
3446 Returns 0 on success. |
4763 Returns 0 on success. |
3447 @@ -7606,9 +7580,9 @@ |
4764 @@ -9632,9 +9622,9 @@ |
3448 .SS strip |
4765 .SS strip |
3449 .sp |
4766 .sp |
3450 .nf |
4767 .nf |
3451 -.ft C |
4768 -.ft C |
3452 +.ft |
4769 +.ft |
3454 -.ft P |
4771 -.ft P |
3455 +.ft |
4772 +.ft |
3456 .fi |
4773 .fi |
3457 .sp |
4774 .sp |
3458 The strip command removes the specified changesets and all their |
4775 The strip command removes the specified changesets and all their |
3459 @@ -7621,8 +7595,8 @@ |
4776 @@ -9648,8 +9638,8 @@ |
3460 completes. |
4777 completes. |
3461 .sp |
4778 .sp |
3462 Any stripped changesets are stored in \fB.hg/strip\-backup\fP as a |
4779 Any stripped changesets are stored in \fB.hg/strip\-backup\fP as a |
3463 -bundle (see \%\fBhg help bundle\fP\: and \%\fBhg help unbundle\fP\:). They can |
4780 -bundle (see \%\fBhg help bundle\fP\: and \%\fBhg help unbundle\fP\:). They can |
3464 -be restored by running \%\fBhg unbundle .hg/strip\-backup/BUNDLE\fP\:, |
4781 -be restored by running \%\fBhg unbundle .hg/strip\-backup/BUNDLE\fP\:, |
3465 +bundle (see \fBhg help bundle\fP and \fBhg help unbundle\fP). They can |
4782 +bundle (see \fBhg help bundle\fP and \fBhg help unbundle\fP). They can |
3466 +be restored by running \fBhg unbundle .hg/strip\-backup/BUNDLE\fP, |
4783 +be restored by running \fBhg unbundle .hg/strip\-backup/BUNDLE\fP, |
3467 where BUNDLE is the bundle file created by the strip. Note that |
4784 where BUNDLE is the bundle file created by the strip. Note that |
3468 the local revision numbers will in general be different after the |
4785 the local revision numbers will in general be different after the |
3469 restore. |
4786 restore. |
3470 @@ -7666,7 +7640,7 @@ |
4787 @@ -9697,13 +9687,13 @@ |
3471 this: |
4788 This extension let you run hooks sending email notifications when |
3472 .sp |
4789 changesets are being pushed, from the sending or receiving side. |
3473 .nf |
4790 .sp |
3474 -.ft C |
4791 -First, enable the extension as explained in \%\fBhg help extensions\fP\:, and |
3475 +.ft |
4792 +First, enable the extension as explained in \fBhg help extensions\fP, and |
3476 [extensions] |
4793 register the hook you want to run. \fBincoming\fP and \fBchangegroup\fP hooks |
3477 notify = |
4794 are run by the changesets receiver while the \fBoutgoing\fP one is for |
4795 the sender: |
|
4796 .sp |
|
4797 .nf |
|
4798 -.ft C |
|
4799 +.ft |
|
4800 [hooks] |
|
4801 # one email for each incoming changeset |
|
4802 incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook |
|
4803 @@ -9712,7 +9702,7 @@ |
|
3478 |
4804 |
3479 @@ -7678,21 +7652,21 @@ |
4805 # one email for all outgoing changesets |
3480 |
4806 outgoing.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook |
4807 -.ft P |
|
4808 +.ft |
|
4809 .fi |
|
4810 .sp |
|
4811 Now the hooks are running, subscribers must be assigned to |
|
4812 @@ -9721,7 +9711,7 @@ |
|
4813 repository: |
|
4814 .sp |
|
4815 .nf |
|
4816 -.ft C |
|
4817 +.ft |
|
4818 [usersubs] |
|
4819 # key is subscriber email, value is a comma\-separated list of glob |
|
4820 # patterns |
|
4821 @@ -9731,7 +9721,7 @@ |
|
4822 # key is glob pattern, value is a comma\-separated list of subscriber |
|
4823 # emails |
|
4824 pattern = user@host |
|
4825 -.ft P |
|
4826 +.ft |
|
4827 .fi |
|
4828 .sp |
|
4829 Glob patterns are matched against absolute path to repository |
|
4830 @@ -9739,10 +9729,10 @@ |
|
4831 referenced with: |
|
4832 .sp |
|
4833 .nf |
|
4834 -.ft C |
|
4835 +.ft |
|
3481 [notify] |
4836 [notify] |
3482 # config items go here |
4837 config = /path/to/subscriptionsfile |
3483 -.ft P |
4838 -.ft P |
3484 +.ft |
4839 +.ft |
3485 .fi |
4840 .fi |
3486 .sp |
4841 .sp |
3487 Required configuration items: |
4842 Alternatively, they can be added to Mercurial configuration files by |
3488 .sp |
4843 @@ -9764,7 +9754,7 @@ |
3489 .nf |
4844 if it includes the incoming or outgoing changes source. Incoming |
3490 -.ft C |
4845 sources can be \fBserve\fP for changes coming from http or ssh, |
3491 +.ft |
4846 \fBpull\fP for pulled changes, \fBunbundle\fP for changes added by |
3492 config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions |
4847 -\%\fBhg unbundle\fP\: or \fBpush\fP for changes being pushed |
3493 -.ft P |
4848 +\fBhg unbundle\fP or \fBpush\fP for changes being pushed |
3494 +.ft |
4849 locally. Outgoing sources are the same except for \fBunbundle\fP which |
3495 .fi |
4850 is replaced by \fBbundle\fP. Default: serve. |
3496 .sp |
4851 .TP |
3497 Optional configuration items: |
4852 @@ -9848,10 +9838,10 @@ |
3498 .sp |
|
3499 .nf |
|
3500 -.ft C |
|
3501 +.ft |
|
3502 test = True # print messages to stdout for testing |
|
3503 strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths |
|
3504 domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain |
|
3505 @@ -7710,7 +7684,7 @@ |
|
3506 from = [email protected] # email address to send as if none given |
|
3507 [web] |
|
3508 baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits |
|
3509 -.ft P |
|
3510 +.ft |
|
3511 .fi |
|
3512 .sp |
|
3513 The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has |
|
3514 @@ -7718,7 +7692,7 @@ |
|
3515 handier for you. |
|
3516 .sp |
|
3517 .nf |
|
3518 -.ft C |
|
3519 +.ft |
|
3520 [usersubs] |
|
3521 # key is subscriber email, value is ","\-separated list of glob patterns |
|
3522 user@host = pattern |
|
3523 @@ -7726,7 +7700,7 @@ |
|
3524 [reposubs] |
|
3525 # key is glob pattern, value is ","\-separated list of subscriber emails |
|
3526 pattern = user@host |
|
3527 -.ft P |
|
3528 +.ft |
|
3529 .fi |
|
3530 .sp |
|
3531 Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root. |
|
3532 @@ -7740,10 +7714,10 @@ |
|
3533 To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable: |
4853 To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable: |
3534 .sp |
4854 .sp |
3535 .nf |
4855 .nf |
3536 -.ft C |
4856 -.ft C |
3537 +.ft |
4857 +.ft |
3540 -.ft P |
4860 -.ft P |
3541 +.ft |
4861 +.ft |
3542 .fi |
4862 .fi |
3543 .sp |
4863 .sp |
3544 If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable |
4864 If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable |
3545 @@ -7753,10 +7727,10 @@ |
4865 @@ -9861,10 +9851,10 @@ |
3546 setting: |
4866 setting: |
3547 .sp |
4867 .sp |
3548 .nf |
4868 .nf |
3549 -.ft C |
4869 -.ft C |
3550 +.ft |
4870 +.ft |
3553 -.ft P |
4873 -.ft P |
3554 +.ft |
4874 +.ft |
3555 .fi |
4875 .fi |
3556 .sp |
4876 .sp |
3557 You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the |
4877 You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the |
3558 @@ -7763,10 +7737,10 @@ |
4878 @@ -9871,10 +9861,10 @@ |
3559 pager.ignore list: |
4879 pager.ignore list: |
3560 .sp |
4880 .sp |
3561 .nf |
4881 .nf |
3562 -.ft C |
4882 -.ft C |
3563 +.ft |
4883 +.ft |
3566 -.ft P |
4886 -.ft P |
3567 +.ft |
4887 +.ft |
3568 .fi |
4888 .fi |
3569 .sp |
4889 .sp |
3570 You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using |
4890 You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using |
3571 @@ -7773,10 +7747,10 @@ |
4891 @@ -9881,10 +9871,10 @@ |
3572 pager.attend. Below is the default list of commands to be paged: |
4892 pager.attend. Below is the default list of commands to be paged: |
3573 .sp |
4893 .sp |
3574 .nf |
4894 .nf |
3575 -.ft C |
4895 -.ft C |
3576 +.ft |
4896 +.ft |
3579 -.ft P |
4899 -.ft P |
3580 +.ft |
4900 +.ft |
3581 .fi |
4901 .fi |
3582 .sp |
4902 .sp |
3583 Setting pager.attend to an empty value will cause all commands to be |
4903 Setting pager.attend to an empty value will cause all commands to be |
3584 @@ -7784,7 +7758,7 @@ |
4904 @@ -9892,7 +9882,7 @@ |
3585 .sp |
4905 .sp |
3586 If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored. |
4906 If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored. |
3587 .sp |
4907 .sp |
3588 -To ignore global commands like \%\fBhg version\fP\: or \%\fBhg help\fP\:, you have |
4908 -To ignore global commands like \%\fBhg version\fP\: or \%\fBhg help\fP\:, you have |
3589 +To ignore global commands like \fBhg version\fP or \fBhg help\fP, you have |
4909 +To ignore global commands like \fBhg version\fP or \fBhg help\fP, you have |
3590 to specify them in your user configuration file. |
4910 to specify them in your user configuration file. |
3591 .sp |
4911 .sp |
3592 The \-\-pager=... option can also be used to control when the pager is |
4912 The \-\-pager=... option can also be used to control when the pager is |
3593 @@ -7800,7 +7774,7 @@ |
4913 @@ -9917,7 +9907,7 @@ |
3594 For example, if you can refer to a revision as "foo", then: |
|
3595 .sp |
|
3596 .nf |
|
3597 -.ft C |
|
3598 +.ft |
|
3599 foo^N = Nth parent of foo |
|
3600 foo^0 = foo |
|
3601 foo^1 = first parent of foo |
|
3602 @@ -7811,7 +7785,7 @@ |
|
3603 foo~0 = foo |
|
3604 foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo |
|
3605 foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo |
|
3606 -.ft P |
|
3607 +.ft |
|
3608 .fi |
|
3609 .SS patchbomb |
|
3610 .sp |
|
3611 @@ -7832,7 +7806,7 @@ |
|
3612 [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch. |
4914 [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch. |
3613 .IP \(bu 2 |
4915 .IP \(bu 2 |
3614 . |
4916 . |
3615 -The patch itself, as generated by \%\fBhg export\fP\:. |
4917 -The patch itself, as generated by \%\fBhg export\fP\:. |
3616 +The patch itself, as generated by \fBhg export\fP. |
4918 +The patch itself, as generated by \fBhg export\fP. |
3617 .UNINDENT |
4919 .UNINDENT |
3618 .sp |
4920 .sp |
3619 Each message refers to the first in the series using the In\-Reply\-To |
4921 Each message refers to the first in the series using the In\-Reply\-To |
3620 @@ -7843,7 +7817,7 @@ |
4922 @@ -9928,7 +9918,7 @@ |
3621 configuration file: |
4923 configuration file: |
3622 .sp |
4924 .sp |
3623 .nf |
4925 .nf |
3624 -.ft C |
4926 -.ft C |
3625 +.ft |
4927 +.ft |
3626 [email] |
4928 [email] |
3627 from = My Name <my@email> |
4929 from = My Name <my@email> |
3628 to = recipient1, recipient2, ... |
4930 to = recipient1, recipient2, ... |
3629 @@ -7850,13 +7824,13 @@ |
4931 @@ -9935,13 +9925,13 @@ |
3630 cc = cc1, cc2, ... |
4932 cc = cc1, cc2, ... |
3631 bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ... |
4933 bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ... |
3632 reply\-to = address1, address2, ... |
4934 reply\-to = address1, address2, ... |
3633 -.ft P |
4935 -.ft P |
3634 +.ft |
4936 +.ft |
3640 -Then you can use the \%\fBhg email\fP\: command to mail a series of |
4942 -Then you can use the \%\fBhg email\fP\: command to mail a series of |
3641 +Then you can use the \fBhg email\fP command to mail a series of |
4943 +Then you can use the \fBhg email\fP command to mail a series of |
3642 changesets as a patchbomb. |
4944 changesets as a patchbomb. |
3643 .sp |
4945 .sp |
3644 You can also either configure the method option in the email section |
4946 You can also either configure the method option in the email section |
3645 @@ -7868,13 +7842,13 @@ |
4947 @@ -9953,13 +9943,13 @@ |
3646 .SS email |
4948 .SS email |
3647 .sp |
4949 .sp |
3648 .nf |
4950 .nf |
3649 -.ft C |
4951 -.ft C |
3650 +.ft |
4952 +.ft |
3657 -\%\fBhg export\fP\:, one per message. The series starts with a "[PATCH 0 |
4959 -\%\fBhg export\fP\:, one per message. The series starts with a "[PATCH 0 |
3658 +\fBhg export\fP, one per message. The series starts with a "[PATCH 0 |
4960 +\fBhg export\fP, one per message. The series starts with a "[PATCH 0 |
3659 of N]" introduction, which describes the series as a whole. |
4961 of N]" introduction, which describes the series as a whole. |
3660 .sp |
4962 .sp |
3661 Each patch email has a Subject line of "[PATCH M of N] ...", using |
4963 Each patch email has a Subject line of "[PATCH M of N] ...", using |
3662 @@ -7885,7 +7859,7 @@ |
4964 @@ -9970,7 +9960,7 @@ |
3663 With the \-d/\-\-diffstat option, if the diffstat program is |
4965 With the \-d/\-\-diffstat option, if the diffstat program is |
3664 installed, the result of running diffstat on the patch is inserted. |
4966 installed, the result of running diffstat on the patch is inserted. |
3665 .sp |
4967 .sp |
3666 -Finally, the patch itself, as generated by \%\fBhg export\fP\:. |
4968 -Finally, the patch itself, as generated by \%\fBhg export\fP\:. |
3667 +Finally, the patch itself, as generated by \fBhg export\fP. |
4969 +Finally, the patch itself, as generated by \fBhg export\fP. |
3668 .sp |
4970 .sp |
3669 With the \-d/\-\-diffstat or \-c/\-\-confirm options, you will be presented |
4971 With the \-d/\-\-diffstat or \-c/\-\-confirm options, you will be presented |
3670 with a final summary of all messages and asked for confirmation before |
4972 with a final summary of all messages and asked for confirmation before |
3671 @@ -7923,7 +7897,7 @@ |
4973 @@ -10010,7 +10000,7 @@ |
3672 Examples: |
4974 Examples: |
3673 .sp |
4975 .sp |
3674 .nf |
4976 .nf |
3675 -.ft C |
4977 -.ft C |
3676 +.ft |
4978 +.ft |
3677 hg email \-r 3000 # send patch 3000 only |
4979 hg email \-r 3000 # send patch 3000 only |
3678 hg email \-r 3000 \-r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001 |
4980 hg email \-r 3000 \-r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001 |
3679 hg email \-r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005 |
4981 hg email \-r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005 |
3680 @@ -7944,7 +7918,7 @@ |
4982 @@ -10031,7 +10021,7 @@ |
3681 hg email \-o \-m mbox && # generate an mbox file ... |
4983 hg email \-o \-m mbox && # generate an mbox file ... |
3682 formail \-s sendmail \e # ... and use formail to send from the mbox |
4984 formail \-s sendmail \e # ... and use formail to send from the mbox |
3683 \-bm \-t < mbox # ... using sendmail |
4985 \-bm \-t < mbox # ... using sendmail |
3684 -.ft P |
4986 -.ft P |
3685 +.ft |
4987 +.ft |
3686 .fi |
4988 .fi |
3687 .sp |
4989 .sp |
3688 Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your |
4990 Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your |
3689 @@ -8077,7 +8051,7 @@ |
4991 @@ -10168,7 +10158,7 @@ |
3690 The following settings are available: |
4992 The following settings are available: |
3691 .sp |
4993 .sp |
3692 .nf |
4994 .nf |
3693 -.ft C |
4995 -.ft C |
3694 +.ft |
4996 +.ft |
3695 [progress] |
4997 [progress] |
3696 delay = 3 # number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar |
4998 delay = 3 # number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar |
3697 refresh = 0.1 # time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar |
4999 changedelay = 1 # changedelay: minimum delay before showing a new topic. |
3698 @@ -8084,11 +8058,11 @@ |
5000 @@ -10178,11 +10168,11 @@ |
3699 format = topic bar number estimate # format of the progress bar |
5001 format = topic bar number estimate # format of the progress bar |
3700 width = <none> # if set, the maximum width of the progress information |
5002 width = <none> # if set, the maximum width of the progress information |
3701 # (that is, min(width, term width) will be used) |
5003 # (that is, min(width, term width) will be used) |
3702 -clear\-complete = True # clear the progress bar after it\(aqs done |
5004 -clear\-complete = True # clear the progress bar after it\(aqs done |
3703 -disable = False # if true, don\(aqt show a progress bar |
5005 -disable = False # if true, don\(aqt show a progress bar |
3708 -.ft P |
5010 -.ft P |
3709 +.ft |
5011 +.ft |
3710 .fi |
5012 .fi |
3711 .sp |
5013 .sp |
3712 Valid entries for the format field are topic, bar, number, unit, |
5014 Valid entries for the format field are topic, bar, number, unit, |
3713 @@ -8103,9 +8077,9 @@ |
5015 @@ -10197,9 +10187,9 @@ |
3714 .SS purge |
5016 .SS purge |
3715 .sp |
5017 .sp |
3716 .nf |
5018 .nf |
3717 -.ft C |
5019 -.ft C |
3718 +.ft |
5020 +.ft |
3720 -.ft P |
5022 -.ft P |
3721 +.ft |
5023 +.ft |
3722 .fi |
5024 .fi |
3723 .sp |
5025 .sp |
3724 Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local |
5026 Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local |
3725 @@ -8115,7 +8089,7 @@ |
5027 @@ -10209,7 +10199,7 @@ |
3726 .INDENT 0.0 |
5028 .INDENT 0.0 |
3727 .IP \(bu 2 |
5029 .IP \(bu 2 |
3728 . |
5030 . |
3729 -Unknown files: files marked with "?" by \%\fBhg status\fP\: |
5031 -Unknown files: files marked with "?" by \%\fBhg status\fP\: |
3730 +Unknown files: files marked with "?" by \fBhg status\fP |
5032 +Unknown files: files marked with "?" by \fBhg status\fP |
3731 .IP \(bu 2 |
5033 .IP \(bu 2 |
3732 . |
5034 . |
3733 Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless |
5035 Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless |
3734 @@ -8132,7 +8106,7 @@ |
5036 @@ -10226,7 +10216,7 @@ |
3735 Ignored files (unless \-\-all is specified) |
5037 Ignored files (unless \-\-all is specified) |
3736 .IP \(bu 2 |
5038 .IP \(bu 2 |
3737 . |
5039 . |
3738 -New files added to the repository (with \%\fBhg add\fP\:) |
5040 -New files added to the repository (with \%\fBhg add\fP\:) |
3739 +New files added to the repository (with \fBhg add\fP) |
5041 +New files added to the repository (with \fBhg add\fP) |
3740 .UNINDENT |
5042 .UNINDENT |
3741 .sp |
5043 .sp |
3742 If directories are given on the command line, only files in these |
5044 If directories are given on the command line, only files in these |
3743 @@ -8180,15 +8154,15 @@ |
5045 @@ -10274,15 +10264,15 @@ |
3744 repository. |
5046 repository. |
3745 .sp |
5047 .sp |
3746 For more information: |
5048 For more information: |
3747 -\%http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\: |
5049 -\%http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\: |
3748 +http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension |
5050 +http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension |
3757 -.ft P |
5059 -.ft P |
3758 +.ft |
5060 +.ft |
3759 .fi |
5061 .fi |
3760 .sp |
5062 .sp |
3761 Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of |
5063 Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of |
3762 @@ -8201,7 +8175,7 @@ |
5064 @@ -10295,7 +10285,7 @@ |
3763 same rebase or they will end up with duplicated changesets after |
5065 same rebase or they will end up with duplicated changesets after |
3764 pulling in your rebased changesets. |
5066 pulling in your rebased changesets. |
3765 .sp |
5067 .sp |
3766 -If you don\(aqt specify a destination changeset (\fB\-d/\-\-dest\fP), |
5068 -If you don\(aqt specify a destination changeset (\fB\-d/\-\-dest\fP), |
3767 +If you don't specify a destination changeset (\fB\-d/\-\-dest\fP), |
5069 +If you don't specify a destination changeset (\fB\-d/\-\-dest\fP), |
3768 rebase uses the tipmost head of the current named branch as the |
5070 rebase uses the tipmost head of the current named branch as the |
3769 destination. (The destination changeset is not modified by |
5071 destination. (The destination changeset is not modified by |
3770 rebasing, but new changesets are added as its descendants.) |
5072 rebasing, but new changesets are added as its descendants.) |
3771 @@ -8228,7 +8202,7 @@ |
5073 @@ -10322,7 +10312,7 @@ |
3772 and source branch is that, unlike \fBmerge\fP, rebase will do |
5074 and source branch is that, unlike \fBmerge\fP, rebase will do |
3773 nothing if you are at the latest (tipmost) head of a named branch |
5075 nothing if you are at the latest (tipmost) head of a named branch |
3774 with two heads. You need to explicitly specify source and/or |
5076 with two heads. You need to explicitly specify source and/or |
3775 -destination (or \fBupdate\fP to the other head, if it\(aqs the head of |
5077 -destination (or \fBupdate\fP to the other head, if it\(aqs the head of |
3776 +destination (or \fBupdate\fP to the other head, if it's the head of |
5078 +destination (or \fBupdate\fP to the other head, if it's the head of |
3777 the intended source branch). |
5079 the intended source branch). |
3778 .sp |
5080 .sp |
3779 If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be |
5081 If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be |
3780 @@ -8290,15 +8264,15 @@ |
5082 @@ -10404,25 +10394,25 @@ |
5083 .SS qrecord |
|
5084 .sp |
|
5085 .nf |
|
5086 -.ft C |
|
5087 +.ft |
|
5088 hg qrecord [OPTION]... PATCH [FILE]... |
|
5089 -.ft P |
|
5090 +.ft |
|
5091 .fi |
|
5092 .sp |
|
5093 -See \%\fBhg help qnew\fP\: & \%\fBhg help record\fP\: for more information and |
|
5094 +See \fBhg help qnew\fP & \fBhg help record\fP for more information and |
|
5095 usage. |
|
3781 .SS record |
5096 .SS record |
3782 .sp |
5097 .sp |
3783 .nf |
5098 .nf |
3784 -.ft C |
5099 -.ft C |
3785 +.ft |
5100 +.ft |
3795 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
5110 -See \%\fBhg help dates\fP\: for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
3796 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
5111 +See \fBhg help dates\fP for a list of formats valid for \-d/\-\-date. |
3797 .sp |
5112 .sp |
3798 You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each |
5113 You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each |
3799 modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each |
5114 modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each |
3800 @@ -8306,7 +8280,7 @@ |
5115 @@ -10430,7 +10420,7 @@ |
3801 possible: |
5116 possible: |
3802 .sp |
5117 .sp |
3803 .nf |
5118 .nf |
3804 -.ft C |
5119 -.ft C |
3805 +.ft |
5120 +.ft |
3806 y \- record this change |
5121 y \- record this change |
3807 n \- skip this change |
5122 n \- skip this change |
3808 |
5123 e \- edit this change manually |
3809 @@ -8318,7 +8292,7 @@ |
5124 @@ -10443,7 +10433,7 @@ |
3810 q \- quit, recording no changes |
5125 q \- quit, recording no changes |
3811 |
5126 |
3812 ? \- display help |
5127 ? \- display help |
3813 -.ft P |
5128 -.ft P |
3814 +.ft |
5129 +.ft |
3815 .fi |
5130 .fi |
3816 .sp |
5131 .sp |
3817 This command is not available when committing a merge. |
5132 This command is not available when committing a merge. |
3818 @@ -8365,9 +8339,9 @@ |
5133 @@ -10510,9 +10500,9 @@ |
3819 .SS relink |
5134 .SS relink |
3820 .sp |
5135 .sp |
3821 .nf |
5136 .nf |
3822 -.ft C |
5137 -.ft C |
3823 +.ft |
5138 +.ft |
3825 -.ft P |
5140 -.ft P |
3826 +.ft |
5141 +.ft |
3827 .fi |
5142 .fi |
3828 .sp |
5143 .sp |
3829 When repositories are cloned locally, their data files will be |
5144 When repositories are cloned locally, their data files will be |
3830 @@ -8399,18 +8373,18 @@ |
5145 @@ -10544,18 +10534,18 @@ |
3831 lot of repositories to act like a scheme, for example: |
5146 lot of repositories to act like a scheme, for example: |
3832 .sp |
5147 .sp |
3833 .nf |
5148 .nf |
3834 -.ft C |
5149 -.ft C |
3835 +.ft |
5150 +.ft |
3848 -.ft P |
5163 -.ft P |
3849 +.ft |
5164 +.ft |
3850 .fi |
5165 .fi |
3851 .sp |
5166 .sp |
3852 Additionally there is support for some more complex schemas, for |
5167 Additionally there is support for some more complex schemas, for |
3853 @@ -8417,10 +8391,10 @@ |
5168 @@ -10562,10 +10552,10 @@ |
3854 example used by Google Code: |
5169 example used by Google Code: |
3855 .sp |
5170 .sp |
3856 .nf |
5171 .nf |
3857 -.ft C |
5172 -.ft C |
3858 +.ft |
5173 +.ft |
3861 -.ft P |
5176 -.ft P |
3862 +.ft |
5177 +.ft |
3863 .fi |
5178 .fi |
3864 .sp |
5179 .sp |
3865 The syntax is taken from Mercurial templates, and you have unlimited |
5180 The syntax is taken from Mercurial templates, and you have unlimited |
3866 @@ -8432,7 +8406,7 @@ |
5181 @@ -10577,7 +10567,7 @@ |
3867 For convenience, the extension adds these schemes by default: |
5182 For convenience, the extension adds these schemes by default: |
3868 .sp |
5183 .sp |
3869 .nf |
5184 .nf |
3870 -.ft C |
5185 -.ft C |
3871 +.ft |
5186 +.ft |
3872 [schemes] |
5187 [schemes] |
3873 py = http://hg.python.org/ |
5188 py = http://hg.python.org/ |
3874 bb = https://bitbucket.org/ |
5189 bb = https://bitbucket.org/ |
3875 @@ -8439,7 +8413,7 @@ |
5190 @@ -10584,7 +10574,7 @@ |
3876 bb+ssh = ssh://[email protected]/ |
5191 bb+ssh = ssh://[email protected]/ |
3877 gcode = https://{1}.googlecode.com/hg/ |
5192 gcode = https://{1}.googlecode.com/hg/ |
3878 kiln = https://{1}.kilnhg.com/Repo/ |
5193 kiln = https://{1}.kilnhg.com/Repo/ |
3879 -.ft P |
5194 -.ft P |
3880 +.ft |
5195 +.ft |
3881 .fi |
5196 .fi |
3882 .sp |
5197 .sp |
3883 You can override a predefined scheme by defining a new scheme with the |
5198 You can override a predefined scheme by defining a new scheme with the |
3884 @@ -8451,9 +8425,9 @@ |
5199 @@ -10596,13 +10586,14 @@ |
3885 .SS share |
5200 .SS share |
3886 .sp |
5201 .sp |
3887 .nf |
5202 .nf |
3888 -.ft C |
5203 -.ft C |
3889 +.ft |
5204 +.ft |
3891 -.ft P |
5206 -.ft P |
3892 +.ft |
5207 +.ft |
3893 .fi |
5208 .fi |
3894 .sp |
5209 .sp |
3895 Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its |
5210 Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its |
3896 @@ -8490,9 +8464,9 @@ |
5211 history with another repository. |
5212 +.RS 0 |
|
5213 .IP Note |
|
5214 . |
|
5215 using rollback or extensions that destroy/modify history (mq, |
|
5216 @@ -10626,9 +10617,9 @@ |
|
5217 .SS unshare |
|
5218 .sp |
|
5219 .nf |
|
5220 -.ft C |
|
5221 +.ft |
|
5222 hg unshare |
|
5223 -.ft P |
|
5224 +.ft |
|
5225 .fi |
|
5226 .sp |
|
5227 Copy the store data to the repo and remove the sharedpath data. |
|
5228 @@ -10644,9 +10635,9 @@ |
|
3897 .SS transplant |
5229 .SS transplant |
3898 .sp |
5230 .sp |
3899 .nf |
5231 .nf |
3900 -.ft C |
5232 -.ft C |
3901 +.ft |
5233 +.ft |
3903 -.ft P |
5235 -.ft P |
3904 +.ft |
5236 +.ft |
3905 .fi |
5237 .fi |
3906 .sp |
5238 .sp |
3907 Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working |
5239 Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working |
3908 @@ -8505,9 +8479,9 @@ |
5240 @@ -10659,9 +10650,9 @@ |
3909 of the form: |
5241 of the form: |
3910 .sp |
5242 .sp |
3911 .nf |
5243 .nf |
3912 -.ft C |
5244 -.ft C |
3913 +.ft |
5245 +.ft |
3915 -.ft P |
5247 -.ft P |
3916 +.ft |
5248 +.ft |
3917 .fi |
5249 .fi |
3918 .sp |
5250 .sp |
3919 You can rewrite the changelog message with the \-\-filter option. |
5251 You can rewrite the changelog message with the \-\-filter option. |
3920 @@ -8521,7 +8495,7 @@ |
5252 @@ -10675,7 +10666,7 @@ |
3921 transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the |
5253 transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the |
3922 changesets you want. |
5254 changesets you want. |
3923 .sp |
5255 .sp |
3924 -\%\fBhg transplant \-\-branch REVISION \-\-all\fP\: will transplant the |
5256 -\%\fBhg transplant \-\-branch REVISION \-\-all\fP\: will transplant the |
3925 +\fBhg transplant \-\-branch REVISION \-\-all\fP\: will transplant the |
5257 +\fBhg transplant \-\-branch REVISION \-\-all\fP will transplant the |
3926 selected branch (up to the named revision) onto your current |
5258 selected branch (up to the named revision) onto your current |
3927 working directory. |
5259 working directory. |
3928 .sp |
5260 .sp |
3929 @@ -8530,12 +8504,12 @@ |
5261 @@ -10685,14 +10676,14 @@ |
3930 of a merged transplant, and you can merge descendants of them |
|
3931 normally instead of transplanting them. |
5262 normally instead of transplanting them. |
5263 .sp |
|
5264 Merge changesets may be transplanted directly by specifying the |
|
5265 -proper parent changeset by calling \%\fBhg transplant \-\-parent\fP\:. |
|
5266 +proper parent changeset by calling \fBhg transplant \-\-parent\fP. |
|
3932 .sp |
5267 .sp |
3933 -If no merges or revisions are provided, \%\fBhg transplant\fP\: will |
5268 -If no merges or revisions are provided, \%\fBhg transplant\fP\: will |
3934 +If no merges or revisions are provided, \fBhg transplant\fP will |
5269 +If no merges or revisions are provided, \fBhg transplant\fP will |
3935 start an interactive changeset browser. |
5270 start an interactive changeset browser. |
3936 .sp |
5271 .sp |
3940 +and then resume where you left off by calling \fBhg transplant |
5275 +and then resume where you left off by calling \fBhg transplant |
3941 +\-\-continue/\-c\fP. |
5276 +\-\-continue/\-c\fP. |
3942 .sp |
5277 .sp |
3943 Options: |
5278 Options: |
3944 .INDENT 0.0 |
5279 .INDENT 0.0 |
3945 @@ -8624,10 +8598,10 @@ |
5280 @@ -10789,10 +10780,10 @@ |
3946 You can specify the encoding by config option: |
5281 You can specify the encoding by config option: |
3947 .sp |
5282 .sp |
3948 .nf |
5283 .nf |
3949 -.ft C |
5284 -.ft C |
3950 +.ft |
5285 +.ft |
3953 -.ft P |
5288 -.ft P |
3954 +.ft |
5289 +.ft |
3955 .fi |
5290 .fi |
3956 .sp |
5291 .sp |
3957 It is useful for the users who want to commit with UTF\-8 log message. |
5292 It is useful for the users who want to commit with UTF\-8 log message. |
3958 @@ -8650,7 +8624,7 @@ |
5293 @@ -10815,7 +10806,7 @@ |
3959 To perform automatic newline conversion, use: |
5294 To perform automatic newline conversion, use: |
3960 .sp |
5295 .sp |
3961 .nf |
5296 .nf |
3962 -.ft C |
5297 -.ft C |
3963 +.ft |
5298 +.ft |
3964 [extensions] |
5299 [extensions] |
3965 win32text = |
5300 win32text = |
3966 [encode] |
5301 [encode] |
3967 @@ -8660,17 +8634,17 @@ |
5302 @@ -10825,17 +10816,17 @@ |
3968 [decode] |
5303 [decode] |
3969 ** = cleverdecode: |
5304 ** = cleverdecode: |
3970 # or ** = macdecode: |
5305 # or ** = macdecode: |
3971 -.ft P |
5306 -.ft P |
3972 +.ft |
5307 +.ft |
3983 -.ft P |
5318 -.ft P |
3984 +.ft |
5319 +.ft |
3985 .fi |
5320 .fi |
3986 .sp |
5321 .sp |
3987 To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being |
5322 To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being |
3988 @@ -8677,11 +8651,11 @@ |
5323 @@ -10842,11 +10833,11 @@ |
3989 pushed or pulled: |
5324 pushed or pulled: |
3990 .sp |
5325 .sp |
3991 .nf |
5326 .nf |
3992 -.ft C |
5327 -.ft C |
3993 +.ft |
5328 +.ft |
3997 -.ft P |
5332 -.ft P |
3998 +.ft |
5333 +.ft |
3999 .fi |
5334 .fi |
4000 .SS zeroconf |
5335 .SS zeroconf |
4001 .sp |
5336 .sp |
4002 @@ -8692,23 +8666,23 @@ |
5337 @@ -10857,23 +10848,23 @@ |
4003 without knowing their actual IP address. |
5338 without knowing their actual IP address. |
4004 .sp |
5339 .sp |
4005 To allow other people to discover your repository using run |
5340 To allow other people to discover your repository using run |
4006 -\%\fBhg serve\fP\: in your repository: |
5341 -\%\fBhg serve\fP\: in your repository: |
4007 +\fBhg serve\fP in your repository: |
5342 +\fBhg serve\fP in your repository: |
4027 -.ft P |
5362 -.ft P |
4028 +.ft |
5363 +.ft |
4029 .fi |
5364 .fi |
4030 .SH FILES |
5365 .SH FILES |
4031 .INDENT 0.0 |
5366 .INDENT 0.0 |
4032 @@ -8717,7 +8691,7 @@ |
5367 @@ -10883,7 +10874,7 @@ |
4033 .sp |
|
4034 This file contains regular expressions (one per line) that |
|
4035 describe file names that should be ignored by \fBhg\fP. For details, |
|
4036 -see \%\fBhgignore\fP(5)\:. |
|
4037 +see \fBhgignore\fP(5). |
|
4038 .TP |
|
4039 .B \fB.hgtags\fP |
|
4040 .sp |
|
4041 @@ -8730,7 +8704,7 @@ |
|
4042 This file contains defaults and configuration. Values in |
5368 This file contains defaults and configuration. Values in |
4043 \fB.hg/hgrc\fP override those in \fB$HOME/.hgrc\fP, and these override |
5369 \fB.hg/hgrc\fP override those in \fB$HOME/.hgrc\fP, and these override |
4044 settings made in the global \fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP configuration. |
5370 settings made in the global \fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP configuration. |
4045 -See \%\fBhgrc\fP(5)\: for details of the contents and format of these |
5371 -See \%\fBhgrc\fP(5)\: for details of the contents and format of these |
4046 +See \fBhgrc\fP(5) for details of the contents and format of these |
5372 +See \fBhgrc\fP(5) for details of the contents and format of these |
4047 files. |
5373 files. |
4048 .UNINDENT |
5374 .TP |
4049 .sp |
5375 .B \fB.hgignore\fP |
4050 @@ -8737,23 +8711,28 @@ |
5376 @@ -10890,13 +10881,13 @@ |
5377 .sp |
|
5378 This file contains regular expressions (one per line) that |
|
5379 describe file names that should be ignored by \fBhg\fP. For details, |
|
5380 -see \%\fBhgignore\fP(5)\:. |
|
5381 +see \fBhgignore\fP(5). |
|
5382 .TP |
|
5383 .B \fB.hgsub\fP |
|
5384 .sp |
|
5385 This file defines the locations of all subrepositories, and |
|
5386 tells where the subrepository checkouts came from. For details, see |
|
5387 -\%\fBhg help subrepos\fP\:. |
|
5388 +\fBhg help subrepos\fP. |
|
5389 .TP |
|
5390 .B \fB.hgsubstate\fP |
|
5391 .sp |
|
5392 @@ -10911,7 +10902,7 @@ |
|
5393 .TP |
|
5394 .B \fB.hg/last\-message.txt\fP |
|
5395 .sp |
|
5396 -This file is used by \%\fBhg commit\fP\: to store a backup of the commit message |
|
5397 +This file is used by \fBhg commit\fP to store a backup of the commit message |
|
5398 in case the commit fails. |
|
5399 .TP |
|
5400 .B \fB.hg/localtags\fP |
|
5401 @@ -10924,23 +10915,28 @@ |
|
4051 Some commands (e.g. revert) produce backup files ending in \fB.orig\fP, |
5402 Some commands (e.g. revert) produce backup files ending in \fB.orig\fP, |
4052 if the \fB.orig\fP file already exists and is not tracked by Mercurial, |
5403 if the \fB.orig\fP file already exists and is not tracked by Mercurial, |
4053 it will be overwritten. |
5404 it will be overwritten. |
4054 +.TP |
5405 +.TP |
4055 +.B /usr/demo/mercurial |
5406 +.B /usr/demo/mercurial |
4079 .sp |
5430 .sp |
4080 -Mailing list: \%http://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/mercurial\: |
5431 -Mailing list: \%http://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/mercurial\: |
4081 +Mailing list: http://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/mercurial |
5432 +Mailing list: http://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/mercurial |
4082 .SH COPYING |
5433 .SH COPYING |
4083 .sp |
5434 .sp |
4084 Copyright (C) 2005\-2010 Matt Mackall. |
5435 Copyright (C) 2005\-2012 Matt Mackall. |
4085 --- mercurial-1.8/doc/hgignore.5 Tue Mar 1 14:01:42 2011 |
5436 --- mercurial-2.0/doc/hgignore.5 Sat Oct 15 12:31:31 2011 |
4086 +++ mercurial-1.8/doc/hgignore.5 Mon Mar 7 21:16:24 2011 |
5437 +++ mercurial-2.0/doc/hgignore.5 Sat May 12 17:16:23 2012 |
4087 @@ -1,35 +1,9 @@ |
5438 @@ -1,35 +1,9 @@ |
4088 +'\" t |
5439 +'\" t |
4089 .\" Man page generated from reStructeredText. |
5440 .\" Man page generated from reStructeredText. |
4090 . |
5441 . |
4091 .TH HGIGNORE 5 "" "" "Mercurial Manual" |
5442 .TH HGIGNORE 5 "" "" "Mercurial Manual" |
4119 -.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u |
5470 -.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u |
4120 -.. |
5471 -.. |
4121 .SH SYNOPSIS |
5472 .SH SYNOPSIS |
4122 .sp |
5473 .sp |
4123 The Mercurial system uses a file called \fB.hgignore\fP in the root |
5474 The Mercurial system uses a file called \fB.hgignore\fP in the root |
4124 @@ -54,12 +28,12 @@ |
5475 @@ -55,12 +29,12 @@ |
4125 if any pattern in \fB.hgignore\fP matches \fBa/b/file.c\fP, \fBa/b\fP or \fBa\fP. |
|
4126 .sp |
5476 .sp |
4127 In addition, a Mercurial configuration file can reference a set of |
5477 In addition, a Mercurial configuration file can reference a set of |
4128 -per\-user or global ignore files. See the \%\fBhgrc\fP(5)\: man page for details |
5478 per\-user or global ignore files. See the \fBignore\fP configuration |
4129 +per\-user or global ignore files. See the \fBhgrc\fP(5) man page for details |
5479 -key on the \fB[ui]\fP section of \%\fBhg help config\fP\: for details of how to |
4130 of how to configure these files. Look for the "ignore" entry in the |
5480 +key on the \fB[ui]\fP section of \fBhg help config\fP for details of how to |
4131 "ui" section. |
5481 configure these files. |
4132 .sp |
5482 .sp |
4133 -To control Mercurial\(aqs handling of files that it manages, see the |
5483 -To control Mercurial\(aqs handling of files that it manages, many |
4134 -\%\fBhg\fP(1)\: man page. Look for the \fB\-I\fP and \fB\-X\fP options. |
5484 +To control Mercurial's handling of files that it manages, many |
4135 +To control Mercurial's handling of files that it manages, see the |
5485 commands support the \fB\-I\fP and \fB\-X\fP options; see |
4136 +\fBhg\fP(1) man page. Look for the \fB\-I\fP and \fB\-X\fP options. |
5486 -\%\fBhg help <command>\fP\: and \%\fBhg help patterns\fP\: for details. |
5487 +\fBhg help <command>\fP and \fBhg help patterns\fP for details. |
|
4137 .SH SYNTAX |
5488 .SH SYNTAX |
4138 .sp |
5489 .sp |
4139 An ignore file is a plain text file consisting of a list of patterns, |
5490 An ignore file is a plain text file consisting of a list of patterns, |
4140 @@ -73,9 +47,9 @@ |
5491 @@ -74,9 +48,9 @@ |
4141 To change the syntax used, use a line of the following form: |
5492 To change the syntax used, use a line of the following form: |
4142 .sp |
5493 .sp |
4143 .nf |
5494 .nf |
4144 -.ft C |
5495 -.ft C |
4145 +.ft |
5496 +.ft |
4147 -.ft P |
5498 -.ft P |
4148 +.ft |
5499 +.ft |
4149 .fi |
5500 .fi |
4150 .sp |
5501 .sp |
4151 where \fBNAME\fP is one of the following: |
5502 where \fBNAME\fP is one of the following: |
4152 @@ -102,7 +76,7 @@ |
5503 @@ -98,6 +72,7 @@ |
5504 the form \fB*.c\fP will match a file ending in \fB.c\fP in any directory, |
|
5505 and a regexp pattern of the form \fB\e.c$\fP will do the same. To root a |
|
5506 regexp pattern, start it with \fB^\fP. |
|
5507 +.RS 0 |
|
5508 .IP Note |
|
5509 . |
|
5510 Patterns specified in other than \fB.hgignore\fP are always rooted. |
|
5511 @@ -108,7 +83,7 @@ |
|
4153 Here is an example ignore file. |
5512 Here is an example ignore file. |
4154 .sp |
5513 .sp |
4155 .nf |
5514 .nf |
4156 -.ft C |
5515 -.ft C |
4157 +.ft |
5516 +.ft |
4158 # use glob syntax. |
5517 # use glob syntax. |
4159 syntax: glob |
5518 syntax: glob |
4160 |
5519 |
4161 @@ -113,16 +87,16 @@ |
5520 @@ -119,16 +94,16 @@ |
4162 # switch to regexp syntax. |
5521 # switch to regexp syntax. |
4163 syntax: regexp |
5522 syntax: regexp |
4164 ^\e.pc/ |
5523 ^\e.pc/ |
4165 -.ft P |
5524 -.ft P |
4166 +.ft |
5525 +.ft |
4177 -\%\fBhg\fP(1)\:, \%\fBhgrc\fP(5)\: |
5536 -\%\fBhg\fP(1)\:, \%\fBhgrc\fP(5)\: |
4178 +\fBhg\fP(1), \fBhgrc\fP(5) |
5537 +\fBhg\fP(1), \fBhgrc\fP(5) |
4179 .SH COPYING |
5538 .SH COPYING |
4180 .sp |
5539 .sp |
4181 This manual page is copyright 2006 Vadim Gelfer. |
5540 This manual page is copyright 2006 Vadim Gelfer. |
4182 --- mercurial-1.8.1/doc/hgrc.5 Thu Mar 10 09:30:43 2011 |
5541 --- mercurial-2.2.1/doc/hgrc.5 Thu May 3 14:06:35 2012 |
4183 +++ mercurial-1.8.1/doc/hgrc.5 Mon Mar 7 21:24:26 2011 |
5542 +++ mercurial-2.2.1/doc/hgrc.5 Sat May 12 17:18:32 2012 |
4184 @@ -1,35 +1,9 @@ |
5543 @@ -1,35 +1,9 @@ |
4185 +'\" t |
5544 +'\" t |
4186 .\" Man page generated from reStructeredText. |
5545 .\" Man page generated from reStructeredText. |
4187 . |
5546 . |
4188 .TH HGRC 5 "" "" "Mercurial Manual" |
5547 .TH HGRC 5 "" "" "Mercurial Manual" |
4216 -.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u |
5575 -.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u |
4217 -.. |
5576 -.. |
4218 .SH SYNOPSIS |
5577 .SH SYNOPSIS |
4219 .sp |
5578 .sp |
4220 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control |
5579 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control |
4221 @@ -44,7 +18,7 @@ |
5580 @@ -40,11 +14,11 @@ |
5581 by \fBname = value\fP entries: |
|
5582 .sp |
|
5583 .nf |
|
5584 -.ft C |
|
5585 +.ft |
|
5586 [ui] |
|
5587 username = Firstname Lastname <[email protected]> |
|
5588 verbose = True |
|
5589 -.ft P |
|
5590 +.ft |
|
5591 .fi |
|
5592 .sp |
|
5593 The above entries will be referred to as \fBui.username\fP and |
|
5594 @@ -65,7 +39,7 @@ |
|
4222 ones. |
5595 ones. |
4223 .sp |
5596 .sp |
4224 .nf |
5597 .nf |
4225 -(Unix, Windows) \fB<repo>/.hg/hgrc\fP |
5598 -(All) \fB<repo>/.hg/hgrc\fP |
4226 +\fB<repo>/.hg/hgrc\fP |
5599 +\fB<repo>/.hg/hgrc\fP |
4227 .fi |
5600 .fi |
4228 .sp |
5601 .sp |
4229 .INDENT 0.0 |
5602 .INDENT 0.0 |
4230 @@ -53,35 +27,30 @@ |
5603 @@ -74,8 +48,8 @@ |
4231 Per\-repository configuration options that only apply in a |
5604 Per\-repository configuration options that only apply in a |
4232 particular repository. This file is not version\-controlled, and |
5605 particular repository. This file is not version\-controlled, and |
4233 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in |
5606 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in |
4234 -this file override options in all other configuration files. On |
5607 -this file override options in all other configuration files. On |
4235 -Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn\(aqt belong to a |
5608 -Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn\(aqt |
4236 +this file override options in all other configuration files. |
5609 +this file override options in all other configuration files. |
4237 +Most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't belong to a |
5610 +Most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't |
4238 trusted user or to a trusted group. See the documentation for the |
5611 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See the documentation |
4239 -\%trusted\: section below for more details. |
5612 for the \fB[trusted]\fP section below for more details. |
4240 +trusted section below for more details. |
|
4241 .UNINDENT |
5613 .UNINDENT |
5614 @@ -82,30 +56,22 @@ |
|
4242 .UNINDENT |
5615 .UNINDENT |
4243 .sp |
5616 .sp |
4244 .nf |
5617 .nf |
5618 -(Plan 9) \fB$home/lib/hgrc\fP |
|
4245 -(Unix) \fB$HOME/.hgrc\fP |
5619 -(Unix) \fB$HOME/.hgrc\fP |
4246 -(Windows) \fB%USERPROFILE%\e.hgrc\fP |
5620 -(Windows) \fB%USERPROFILE%\e.hgrc\fP |
4247 -(Windows) \fB%USERPROFILE%\eMercurial.ini\fP |
5621 -(Windows) \fB%USERPROFILE%\eMercurial.ini\fP |
4248 -(Windows) \fB%HOME%\e.hgrc\fP |
5622 -(Windows) \fB%HOME%\e.hgrc\fP |
4249 -(Windows) \fB%HOME%\eMercurial.ini\fP |
5623 -(Windows) \fB%HOME%\eMercurial.ini\fP |
4255 .sp |
5629 .sp |
4256 -Per\-user configuration file(s), for the user running Mercurial. On |
5630 -Per\-user configuration file(s), for the user running Mercurial. On |
4257 -Windows 9x, \fB%HOME%\fP is replaced by \fB%APPDATA%\fP. Options in these |
5631 -Windows 9x, \fB%HOME%\fP is replaced by \fB%APPDATA%\fP. Options in these |
4258 -files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any |
5632 -files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any |
4259 -directory. Options in these files override per\-system and per\-installation |
5633 -directory. Options in these files override per\-system and per\-installation |
4260 -options. |
5634 +Per\-user configuration file, for the user running Mercurial. Options in |
4261 +Per\-user configuration file(s), for the user running Mercurial. |
5635 +this file apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any |
4262 +Options in this file apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this |
5636 +directory. Options in this file override per\-system and per\-installation |
4263 +user in any directory. Options in this file override per\-system and |
5637 options. |
4264 +per\-installation options. |
|
4265 .UNINDENT |
5638 .UNINDENT |
4266 .UNINDENT |
5639 .UNINDENT |
4267 .sp |
5640 .sp |
4268 .nf |
5641 .nf |
5642 -(Plan 9) \fB/lib/mercurial/hgrc\fP |
|
5643 -(Plan 9) \fB/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP |
|
4269 -(Unix) \fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP |
5644 -(Unix) \fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP |
4270 -(Unix) \fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP |
5645 -(Unix) \fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP |
4271 +\fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP |
5646 +\fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP |
4272 +\fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP |
5647 +\fB/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP |
4273 .fi |
5648 .fi |
4274 .sp |
5649 .sp |
4275 .INDENT 0.0 |
5650 .INDENT 0.0 |
4276 @@ -93,44 +62,6 @@ |
5651 @@ -117,46 +83,6 @@ |
4277 override per\-installation options. |
5652 override per\-installation options. |
4278 .UNINDENT |
5653 .UNINDENT |
4279 .UNINDENT |
5654 .UNINDENT |
4280 -.sp |
5655 -.sp |
4281 -.nf |
5656 -.nf |
5657 -(Plan 9) \fB<install\-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc\fP |
|
5658 -(Plan 9) \fB<install\-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP |
|
4282 -(Unix) \fB<install\-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP |
5659 -(Unix) \fB<install\-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc\fP |
4283 -(Unix) \fB<install\-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP |
5660 -(Unix) \fB<install\-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc\fP |
4284 -.fi |
5661 -.fi |
4285 -.sp |
5662 -.sp |
4286 -.INDENT 0.0 |
5663 -.INDENT 0.0 |
4294 -to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. |
5671 -to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. |
4295 -.UNINDENT |
5672 -.UNINDENT |
4296 -.UNINDENT |
5673 -.UNINDENT |
4297 -.sp |
5674 -.sp |
4298 -.nf |
5675 -.nf |
4299 -(Windows) \fB<install\-dir>\eMercurial.ini\fP |
5676 -(Windows) \fB<install\-dir>\eMercurial.ini\fP \fBor\fP |
4300 -(Windows) \fB<install\-dir>\ehgrc.d\e*.rc\fP |
5677 -(Windows) \fB<install\-dir>\ehgrc.d\e*.rc\fP \fBor\fP |
4301 -(Windows) \fBHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eMercurial\fP |
5678 -(Windows) \fBHKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eMercurial\fP |
4302 -.fi |
5679 -.fi |
4303 -.sp |
5680 -.sp |
4304 -.INDENT 0.0 |
5681 -.INDENT 0.0 |
4305 -.INDENT 3.5 |
5682 -.INDENT 3.5 |
4316 -.UNINDENT |
5693 -.UNINDENT |
4317 -.UNINDENT |
5694 -.UNINDENT |
4318 .SH SYNTAX |
5695 .SH SYNTAX |
4319 .sp |
5696 .sp |
4320 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a \fB[section]\fP header |
5697 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a \fB[section]\fP header |
4321 @@ -138,12 +69,12 @@ |
5698 @@ -164,12 +90,12 @@ |
4322 \fBconfiguration keys\fP): |
5699 \fBconfiguration keys\fP): |
4323 .sp |
5700 .sp |
4324 .nf |
5701 .nf |
4325 -.ft C |
5702 -.ft C |
4326 +.ft |
5703 +.ft |
4331 -.ft P |
5708 -.ft P |
4332 +.ft |
5709 +.ft |
4333 .fi |
5710 .fi |
4334 .sp |
5711 .sp |
4335 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented, |
5712 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented, |
4336 @@ -155,12 +86,12 @@ |
5713 @@ -181,12 +107,12 @@ |
4337 will use the value that was configured last. As an example: |
5714 will use the value that was configured last. As an example: |
4338 .sp |
5715 .sp |
4339 .nf |
5716 .nf |
4340 -.ft C |
5717 -.ft C |
4341 +.ft |
5718 +.ft |
4346 -.ft P |
5723 -.ft P |
4347 +.ft |
5724 +.ft |
4348 .fi |
5725 .fi |
4349 .sp |
5726 .sp |
4350 This would set the configuration key named \fBeggs\fP to \fBsmall\fP. |
5727 This would set the configuration key named \fBeggs\fP to \fBsmall\fP. |
4351 @@ -169,7 +100,7 @@ |
5728 @@ -196,7 +122,7 @@ |
4352 be redefined on the same and/or on different hgrc files. For example: |
5729 example: |
4353 .sp |
5730 .sp |
4354 .nf |
5731 .nf |
4355 -.ft C |
5732 -.ft C |
4356 +.ft |
5733 +.ft |
4357 [foo] |
5734 [foo] |
4358 eggs=large |
5735 eggs=large |
4359 ham=serrano |
5736 ham=serrano |
4360 @@ -184,7 +115,7 @@ |
5737 @@ -211,7 +137,7 @@ |
4361 ham=prosciutto |
5738 ham=prosciutto |
4362 eggs=medium |
5739 eggs=medium |
4363 bread=toasted |
5740 bread=toasted |
4364 -.ft P |
5741 -.ft P |
4365 +.ft |
5742 +.ft |
4366 .fi |
5743 .fi |
4367 .sp |
5744 .sp |
4368 This would set the \fBeggs\fP, \fBham\fP, and \fBbread\fP configuration keys |
5745 This would set the \fBeggs\fP, \fBham\fP, and \fBbread\fP configuration keys |
4369 @@ -206,9 +137,9 @@ |
5746 @@ -233,9 +159,9 @@ |
4370 \fBfile\fP. This lets you do something like: |
5747 \fBfile\fP. This lets you do something like: |
4371 .sp |
5748 .sp |
4372 .nf |
5749 .nf |
4373 -.ft C |
5750 -.ft C |
4374 +.ft |
5751 +.ft |
4376 -.ft P |
5753 -.ft P |
4377 +.ft |
5754 +.ft |
4378 .fi |
5755 .fi |
4379 .sp |
5756 .sp |
4380 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use. |
5757 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use. |
4381 @@ -225,9 +156,9 @@ |
5758 @@ -252,9 +178,9 @@ |
4382 placed in double quotation marks: |
5759 placed in double quotation marks: |
4383 .sp |
5760 .sp |
4384 .nf |
5761 .nf |
4385 -.ft C |
5762 -.ft C |
4386 +.ft |
5763 +.ft |
4388 -.ft P |
5765 -.ft P |
4389 +.ft |
5766 +.ft |
4390 .fi |
5767 .fi |
4391 .sp |
5768 .sp |
4392 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only |
5769 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only |
4393 @@ -247,17 +178,17 @@ |
5770 @@ -278,17 +204,17 @@ |
4394 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form: |
5771 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form: |
4395 .sp |
5772 .sp |
4396 .nf |
5773 .nf |
4397 -.ft C |
5774 -.ft C |
4398 +.ft |
5775 +.ft |
4399 <alias> = <command> [<argument]... |
5776 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]... |
4400 -.ft P |
5777 -.ft P |
4401 +.ft |
5778 +.ft |
4402 .fi |
5779 .fi |
4403 .sp |
5780 .sp |
4404 For example, this definition: |
5781 For example, this definition: |
4410 -.ft P |
5787 -.ft P |
4411 +.ft |
5788 +.ft |
4412 .fi |
5789 .fi |
4413 .sp |
5790 .sp |
4414 creates a new command \fBlatest\fP that shows only the five most recent |
5791 creates a new command \fBlatest\fP that shows only the five most recent |
4415 @@ -264,9 +195,9 @@ |
5792 @@ -295,10 +221,11 @@ |
4416 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones: |
5793 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones: |
4417 .sp |
5794 .sp |
4418 .nf |
5795 .nf |
4419 -.ft C |
5796 -.ft C |
4420 +.ft |
5797 +.ft |
4421 stable5 = latest \-b stable |
5798 stable5 = latest \-b stable |
4422 -.ft P |
5799 -.ft P |
4423 +.ft |
5800 +.ft |
4424 .fi |
5801 .fi |
5802 +.RS 0 |
|
4425 .IP Note |
5803 .IP Note |
4426 . |
5804 . |
4427 @@ -278,15 +209,15 @@ |
5805 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as |
4428 .sp |
5806 @@ -311,9 +238,9 @@ |
4429 Authentication credentials for HTTP authentication. This section |
5807 run arbitrary commands. As an example, |
4430 allows you to store usernames and passwords for use when logging |
5808 .sp |
4431 -\fIinto\fP HTTP servers. See the \%web\: configuration section if you want to |
5809 .nf |
4432 +\fIinto\fP HTTP servers. See the web configuration section if you want to |
5810 -.ft C |
4433 configure \fIwho\fP can login to your HTTP server. |
5811 +.ft |
4434 .sp |
5812 echo = !echo $@ |
5813 -.ft P |
|
5814 +.ft |
|
5815 .fi |
|
5816 .sp |
|
5817 will let you do \fBhg echo foo\fP to have \fBfoo\fP printed in your |
|
5818 @@ -320,9 +247,9 @@ |
|
5819 terminal. A better example might be: |
|
5820 .sp |
|
5821 .nf |
|
5822 -.ft C |
|
5823 +.ft |
|
5824 purge = !$HG status \-\-no\-status \-\-unknown \-0 | xargs \-0 rm |
|
5825 -.ft P |
|
5826 +.ft |
|
5827 .fi |
|
5828 .sp |
|
5829 which will make \fBhg purge\fP delete all unknown files in the |
|
5830 @@ -340,6 +267,7 @@ |
|
5831 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition, |
|
5832 \fB$HG_ARGS\fP expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the \fBhg |
|
5833 echo foo\fP call above, \fB$HG_ARGS\fP would expand to \fBecho foo\fP. |
|
5834 +.RS 0 |
|
5835 .IP Note |
|
5836 . |
|
5837 Some global configuration options such as \fB\-R\fP are |
|
5838 @@ -375,9 +303,9 @@ |
|
4435 Each line has the following format: |
5839 Each line has the following format: |
4436 .sp |
5840 .sp |
4437 .nf |
5841 .nf |
4438 -.ft C |
5842 -.ft C |
4439 +.ft |
5843 +.ft |
4441 -.ft P |
5845 -.ft P |
4442 +.ft |
5846 +.ft |
4443 .fi |
5847 .fi |
4444 .sp |
5848 .sp |
4445 where \fB<name>\fP is used to group arguments into authentication |
5849 where \fB<name>\fP is used to group arguments into authentication |
4446 @@ -293,7 +224,7 @@ |
5850 @@ -384,7 +312,7 @@ |
4447 entries. Example: |
5851 entries. Example: |
4448 .sp |
5852 .sp |
4449 .nf |
5853 .nf |
4450 -.ft C |
5854 -.ft C |
4451 +.ft |
5855 +.ft |
4452 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.org/mercurial |
5856 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.org/mercurial |
4453 foo.username = foo |
5857 foo.username = foo |
4454 foo.password = bar |
5858 foo.password = bar |
4455 @@ -303,7 +234,7 @@ |
5859 @@ -394,7 +322,7 @@ |
4456 bar.key = path/to/file.key |
5860 bar.key = path/to/file.key |
4457 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert |
5861 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert |
4458 bar.schemes = https |
5862 bar.schemes = https |
4459 -.ft P |
5863 -.ft P |
4460 +.ft |
5864 +.ft |
4461 .fi |
5865 .fi |
4462 .sp |
5866 .sp |
4463 Supported arguments: |
5867 Supported arguments: |
4464 @@ -314,7 +245,7 @@ |
5868 @@ -405,7 +333,7 @@ |
4465 Either \fB*\fP or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part. |
5869 Either \fB*\fP or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part. |
4466 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used |
5870 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used |
4467 (where \fB*\fP matches everything and counts as a match of length |
5871 (where \fB*\fP matches everything and counts as a match of length |
4468 -1). If the prefix doesn\(aqt include a scheme, the match is performed |
5872 -1). If the prefix doesn\(aqt include a scheme, the match is performed |
4469 +1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed |
5873 +1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed |
4470 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes |
5874 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes |
4471 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted. |
5875 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted. |
4472 .TP |
5876 .TP |
4473 @@ -344,7 +275,7 @@ |
5877 @@ -437,7 +365,7 @@ |
4474 .B \fBschemes\fP |
5878 .B \fBschemes\fP |
4475 .sp |
5879 .sp |
4476 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this |
5880 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this |
4477 -authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn\(aqt include |
5881 -authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn\(aqt include |
4478 +authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include |
5882 +authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include |
4479 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match |
5883 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match |
4480 static\-http and static\-https respectively, as well. |
5884 static\-http and static\-https respectively, as well. |
4481 Default: https. |
5885 Default: https. |
4482 @@ -374,7 +305,7 @@ |
5886 @@ -467,7 +395,7 @@ |
4483 Pipe example: |
5887 Pipe example: |
4484 .sp |
5888 .sp |
4485 .nf |
5889 .nf |
4486 -.ft C |
5890 -.ft C |
4487 +.ft |
5891 +.ft |
4488 [encode] |
5892 [encode] |
4489 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression |
5893 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression |
4490 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example |
5894 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example |
4491 @@ -382,9 +313,9 @@ |
5895 @@ -475,9 +403,9 @@ |
4492 |
5896 |
4493 [decode] |
5897 [decode] |
4494 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we |
5898 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we |
4495 -# can safely omit "pipe:", because it\(aqs the default) |
5899 -# can safely omit "pipe:", because it\(aqs the default) |
4496 +# can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default) |
5900 +# can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default) |
4498 -.ft P |
5902 -.ft P |
4499 +.ft |
5903 +.ft |
4500 .fi |
5904 .fi |
4501 .sp |
5905 .sp |
4502 A \fBtempfile:\fP command is a template. The string \fBINFILE\fP is replaced |
5906 A \fBtempfile:\fP command is a template. The string \fBINFILE\fP is replaced |
4503 @@ -392,12 +323,6 @@ |
5907 @@ -485,12 +413,6 @@ |
4504 filtered by the command. The string \fBOUTFILE\fP is replaced with the name |
5908 filtered by the command. The string \fBOUTFILE\fP is replaced with the name |
4505 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by |
5909 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by |
4506 the command. |
5910 the command. |
4507 -.IP Note |
5911 -.IP Note |
4508 -. |
5912 -. |
4511 -strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files. |
5915 -strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files. |
4512 -.RE |
5916 -.RE |
4513 .sp |
5917 .sp |
4514 This filter mechanism is used internally by the \fBeol\fP extension to |
5918 This filter mechanism is used internally by the \fBeol\fP extension to |
4515 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF) |
5919 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF) |
4516 @@ -404,20 +329,20 @@ |
5920 @@ -497,20 +419,20 @@ |
4517 format. We suggest you use the \fBeol\fP extension for convenience. |
5921 format. We suggest you use the \fBeol\fP extension for convenience. |
4518 .SS \fBdefaults\fP |
5922 .SS \fBdefaults\fP |
4519 .sp |
5923 .sp |
4520 -(defaults are deprecated. Don\(aqt use them. Use aliases instead) |
5924 -(defaults are deprecated. Don\(aqt use them. Use aliases instead) |
4521 +(defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead) |
5925 +(defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead) |
4537 -.ft P |
5941 -.ft P |
4538 +.ft |
5942 +.ft |
4539 .fi |
5943 .fi |
4540 .sp |
5944 .sp |
4541 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when |
5945 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when |
4542 @@ -435,7 +360,7 @@ |
5946 @@ -529,7 +451,7 @@ |
4543 .TP |
5947 .TP |
4544 .B \fBnodates\fP |
5948 .B \fBnodates\fP |
4545 .sp |
5949 .sp |
4546 -Don\(aqt include dates in diff headers. |
5950 -Don\(aqt include dates in diff headers. |
4547 +Don't include dates in diff headers. |
5951 +Don't include dates in diff headers. |
4548 .TP |
5952 .TP |
4549 .B \fBshowfunc\fP |
5953 .B \fBshowfunc\fP |
4550 .sp |
5954 .sp |
4551 @@ -469,22 +394,22 @@ |
5955 @@ -563,16 +485,16 @@ |
4552 .TP |
5956 .TP |
4553 .B \fBto\fP |
5957 .B \fBto\fP |
4554 .sp |
5958 .sp |
4555 -Optional. Comma\-separated list of recipients\(aq email addresses. |
5959 -Optional. Comma\-separated list of recipients\(aq email addresses. |
4556 +Optional. Comma\-separated list of recipients' email addresses. |
5960 +Optional. Comma\-separated list of recipients' email addresses. |
4566 -Optional. Comma\-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients\(aq |
5970 -Optional. Comma\-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients\(aq |
4567 +Optional. Comma\-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients' |
5971 +Optional. Comma\-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients' |
4568 email addresses. |
5972 email addresses. |
4569 .TP |
5973 .TP |
4570 .B \fBmethod\fP |
5974 .B \fBmethod\fP |
4571 .sp |
5975 @@ -617,7 +539,7 @@ |
4572 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is \fBsmtp\fP |
|
4573 -(default), use SMTP (see the \%SMTP\: section for configuration). |
|
4574 +(default), use SMTP (see the SMTP section for configuration). |
|
4575 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail |
|
4576 (takes \fB\-f\fP option for sender, list of recipients on command line, |
|
4577 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to \fBsendmail\fP or |
|
4578 @@ -523,7 +448,7 @@ |
|
4579 Email example: |
5976 Email example: |
4580 .sp |
5977 .sp |
4581 .nf |
5978 .nf |
4582 -.ft C |
5979 -.ft C |
4583 +.ft |
5980 +.ft |
4584 [email] |
5981 [email] |
4585 from = Joseph User <[email protected]> |
5982 from = Joseph User <[email protected]> |
4586 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail |
5983 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail |
4587 @@ -530,7 +455,7 @@ |
5984 @@ -624,7 +546,7 @@ |
4588 # charsets for western Europeans |
5985 # charsets for western Europeans |
4589 # us\-ascii, utf\-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last |
5986 # us\-ascii, utf\-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last |
4590 charsets = iso\-8859\-1, iso\-8859\-15, windows\-1252 |
5987 charsets = iso\-8859\-1, iso\-8859\-15, windows\-1252 |
4591 -.ft P |
5988 -.ft P |
4592 +.ft |
5989 +.ft |
4593 .fi |
5990 .fi |
4594 .SS \fBextensions\fP |
5991 .SS \fBextensions\fP |
4595 .sp |
5992 .sp |
4596 @@ -537,7 +462,7 @@ |
5993 @@ -631,7 +553,7 @@ |
4597 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To |
5994 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To |
4598 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section. |
5995 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section. |
4599 .sp |
5996 .sp |
4600 -If you know that the extension is already in Python\(aqs search path, |
5997 -If you know that the extension is already in Python\(aqs search path, |
4601 +If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path, |
5998 +If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path, |
4602 you can give the name of the module, followed by \fB=\fP, with nothing |
5999 you can give the name of the module, followed by \fB=\fP, with nothing |
4603 after the \fB=\fP. |
6000 after the \fB=\fP. |
4604 .sp |
6001 .sp |
4605 @@ -553,13 +478,13 @@ |
6002 @@ -646,13 +568,13 @@ |
4606 Example for \fB~/.hgrc\fP: |
6003 Example for \fB~/.hgrc\fP: |
4607 .sp |
6004 .sp |
4608 .nf |
6005 .nf |
4609 -.ft C |
6006 -.ft C |
4610 +.ft |
6007 +.ft |
4615 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified) |
6012 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified) |
4616 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
6013 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
4617 -.ft P |
6014 -.ft P |
4618 +.ft |
6015 +.ft |
4619 .fi |
6016 .fi |
4620 .SS \fBhostfingerprints\fP |
6017 .SS \fBformat\fP |
4621 .sp |
6018 .INDENT 0.0 |
4622 @@ -573,10 +498,10 @@ |
6019 @@ -693,9 +615,9 @@ |
6020 Each line has the following format: |
|
6021 .sp |
|
6022 .nf |
|
6023 -.ft C |
|
6024 +.ft |
|
6025 <branch>.<argument> = <value> |
|
6026 -.ft P |
|
6027 +.ft |
|
6028 .fi |
|
6029 .sp |
|
6030 where \fB<branch>\fP is the name of the branch being |
|
6031 @@ -702,13 +624,13 @@ |
|
6032 customized. Example: |
|
6033 .sp |
|
6034 .nf |
|
6035 -.ft C |
|
6036 +.ft |
|
6037 [graph] |
|
6038 # 2px width |
|
6039 default.width = 2 |
|
6040 # red color |
|
6041 default.color = FF0000 |
|
6042 -.ft P |
|
6043 +.ft |
|
6044 .fi |
|
6045 .sp |
|
6046 Supported arguments: |
|
6047 @@ -736,7 +658,7 @@ |
|
6048 Example \fB.hg/hgrc\fP: |
|
6049 .sp |
|
6050 .nf |
|
6051 -.ft C |
|
6052 +.ft |
|
6053 [hooks] |
|
6054 # update working directory after adding changesets |
|
6055 changegroup.update = hg update |
|
6056 @@ -746,7 +668,7 @@ |
|
6057 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook |
|
6058 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks |
|
6059 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1 |
|
6060 -.ft P |
|
6061 +.ft |
|
6062 .fi |
|
6063 .sp |
|
6064 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful |
|
6065 @@ -796,7 +718,7 @@ |
|
6066 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. \fB$HG_OPTS\fP |
|
6067 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their |
|
6068 defaults). \fB$HG_PATS\fP is a list of arguments. If the hook returns |
|
6069 -failure, the command doesn\(aqt execute and Mercurial returns the failure |
|
6070 +failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure |
|
6071 code. |
|
6072 .TP |
|
6073 .B \fBprechangegroup\fP |
|
6074 @@ -897,6 +819,7 @@ |
|
6075 in \fB$HG_PARENT2\fP. If the update succeeded, \fB$HG_ERROR=0\fP. If the |
|
6076 update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), \fB$HG_ERROR=1\fP. |
|
6077 .UNINDENT |
|
6078 +.RS 0 |
|
6079 .IP Note |
|
6080 . |
|
6081 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the |
|
6082 @@ -905,21 +828,14 @@ |
|
6083 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that |
|
6084 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command. |
|
6085 .RE |
|
6086 -.IP Note |
|
6087 -. |
|
6088 -Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to |
|
6089 -hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, \fB$HG_PARENT2\fP |
|
6090 -will have an empty value under Unix\-like platforms for non\-merge |
|
6091 -changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows. |
|
6092 -.RE |
|
6093 .sp |
|
6094 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows: |
|
6095 .sp |
|
6096 .nf |
|
6097 -.ft C |
|
6098 +.ft |
|
6099 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable |
|
6100 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable |
|
6101 -.ft P |
|
6102 +.ft |
|
6103 .fi |
|
6104 .sp |
|
6105 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is |
|
6106 @@ -943,10 +859,10 @@ |
|
4623 For example: |
6107 For example: |
4624 .sp |
6108 .sp |
4625 .nf |
6109 .nf |
4626 -.ft C |
6110 -.ft C |
4627 +.ft |
6111 +.ft |
4630 -.ft P |
6114 -.ft P |
4631 +.ft |
6115 +.ft |
4632 .fi |
6116 .fi |
4633 .sp |
6117 .sp |
4634 This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later. |
6118 This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later. |
4635 @@ -620,11 +545,11 @@ |
6119 @@ -989,11 +905,11 @@ |
4636 Example: |
6120 Example: |
4637 .sp |
6121 .sp |
4638 .nf |
6122 .nf |
4639 -.ft C |
6123 -.ft C |
4640 +.ft |
6124 +.ft |
4644 -.ft P |
6128 -.ft P |
4645 +.ft |
6129 +.ft |
4646 .fi |
6130 .fi |
4647 .SS \fBmerge\-tools\fP |
6131 .SS \fBmerge\-tools\fP |
4648 .sp |
6132 .sp |
4649 @@ -634,7 +559,7 @@ |
6133 @@ -1003,7 +919,7 @@ |
4650 Example \fB~/.hgrc\fP: |
6134 Example \fB~/.hgrc\fP: |
4651 .sp |
6135 .sp |
4652 .nf |
6136 .nf |
4653 -.ft C |
6137 -.ft C |
4654 +.ft |
6138 +.ft |
4655 [merge\-tools] |
6139 [merge\-tools] |
4656 # Override stock tool location |
6140 # Override stock tool location |
4657 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3 |
6141 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3 |
4658 @@ -647,7 +572,7 @@ |
6142 @@ -1014,9 +930,8 @@ |
6143 |
|
6144 # Define new tool |
|
4659 myHtmlTool.args = \-m $local $other $base $output |
6145 myHtmlTool.args = \-m $local $other $base $output |
4660 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\eFooSoftware\eHtmlMerge |
6146 -myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\eFooSoftware\eHtmlMerge |
4661 myHtmlTool.priority = 1 |
6147 myHtmlTool.priority = 1 |
4662 -.ft P |
6148 -.ft P |
4663 +.ft |
6149 +.ft |
4664 .fi |
6150 .fi |
4665 .sp |
6151 .sp |
4666 Supported arguments: |
6152 Supported arguments: |
4667 @@ -660,8 +585,7 @@ |
6153 @@ -1029,8 +944,7 @@ |
4668 .TP |
6154 .TP |
4669 .B \fBexecutable\fP |
6155 .B \fBexecutable\fP |
4670 .sp |
6156 .sp |
4671 -Either just the name of the executable or its pathname. On Windows, |
6157 -Either just the name of the executable or its pathname. On Windows, |
4672 -the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles} syntax. |
6158 -the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles} syntax. |
4673 +Either just the name of the executable or its pathname. |
6159 +Either just the name of the executable or its pathname. |
4674 Default: the tool name. |
6160 Default: the tool name. |
4675 .TP |
6161 .TP |
4676 .B \fBargs\fP |
6162 .B \fBargs\fP |
4677 @@ -724,32 +648,6 @@ |
6163 @@ -1093,42 +1007,15 @@ |
4678 .B \fBgui\fP |
6164 .B \fBgui\fP |
4679 .sp |
6165 .sp |
4680 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. Default: False |
6166 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. Default: False |
4681 -.TP |
6167 -.TP |
4682 -.B \fBregkey\fP |
6168 -.B \fBregkey\fP |
4702 -.B \fBregappend\fP |
6188 -.B \fBregappend\fP |
4703 -.sp |
6189 -.sp |
4704 -String to append to the value read from the registry, typically |
6190 -String to append to the value read from the registry, typically |
4705 -the executable name of the tool. |
6191 -the executable name of the tool. |
4706 -Default: None |
6192 -Default: None |
4707 .UNINDENT |
6193 -.UNINDENT |
4708 .SS \fBhooks\fP |
|
4709 .sp |
|
4710 @@ -762,7 +660,7 @@ |
|
4711 Example \fB.hg/hgrc\fP: |
|
4712 .sp |
|
4713 .nf |
|
4714 -.ft C |
|
4715 +.ft |
|
4716 [hooks] |
|
4717 # update working directory after adding changesets |
|
4718 changegroup.update = hg update |
|
4719 @@ -770,7 +668,7 @@ |
|
4720 incoming = |
|
4721 incoming.email = /my/email/hook |
|
4722 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook |
|
4723 -.ft P |
|
4724 +.ft |
|
4725 .fi |
|
4726 .sp |
|
4727 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful |
|
4728 @@ -820,7 +718,7 @@ |
|
4729 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. \fB$HG_OPTS\fP |
|
4730 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their |
|
4731 defaults). \fB$HG_PATS\fP is a list of arguments. If the hook returns |
|
4732 -failure, the command doesn\(aqt execute and Mercurial returns the failure |
|
4733 +failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure |
|
4734 code. |
|
4735 .TP |
|
4736 .B \fBprechangegroup\fP |
|
4737 @@ -902,21 +800,14 @@ |
|
4738 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that |
|
4739 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command. |
|
4740 .RE |
|
4741 -.IP Note |
|
4742 -. |
|
4743 -Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to |
|
4744 -hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, \fB$HG_PARENT2\fP |
|
4745 -will have an empty value under Unix\-like platforms for non\-merge |
|
4746 -changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows. |
|
4747 -.RE |
|
4748 .sp |
|
4749 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows: |
|
4750 .sp |
|
4751 .nf |
|
4752 -.ft C |
|
4753 +.ft |
|
4754 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable |
|
4755 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable |
|
4756 -.ft P |
|
4757 +.ft |
|
4758 .fi |
|
4759 .sp |
|
4760 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is |
|
4761 @@ -988,18 +879,18 @@ |
|
4762 .TP |
|
4763 .B \fBlocal_hostname\fP |
|
4764 .sp |
|
4765 -Optional. It\(aqs the hostname that the sender can use to identify |
|
4766 +Optional. It's the hostname that the sender can use to identify |
|
4767 itself to the MTA. |
|
4768 .UNINDENT |
|
4769 .SS \fBpatch\fP |
6194 .SS \fBpatch\fP |
4770 .sp |
6195 .sp |
4771 -Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the \(aqimport\(aq |
6196 -Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the \(aqimport\(aq |
4772 +Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import' |
6197 +Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import' |
4773 command or with Mercurial Queues extension. |
6198 command or with Mercurial Queues extension. |
4778 -When set to \(aqstrict\(aq patch content and patched files end of lines |
6203 -When set to \(aqstrict\(aq patch content and patched files end of lines |
4779 +When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines |
6204 +When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines |
4780 are preserved. When set to \fBlf\fP or \fBcrlf\fP, both files end of |
6205 are preserved. When set to \fBlf\fP or \fBcrlf\fP, both files end of |
4781 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are |
6206 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are |
4782 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to |
6207 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to |
4783 @@ -1031,8 +922,8 @@ |
6208 @@ -1159,7 +1046,7 @@ |
4784 .SS \fBprofiling\fP |
6209 .UNINDENT |
4785 .sp |
6210 .SS \fBphases\fP |
4786 Specifies profiling format and file output. In this section |
6211 .sp |
4787 -description, \(aqprofiling data\(aq stands for the raw data collected |
6212 -Specifies default handling of phases. See \%\fBhg help phases\fP\: for more |
4788 -during profiling, while \(aqprofiling report\(aq stands for a statistical |
6213 +Specifies default handling of phases. See \fBhg help phases\fP for more |
4789 +description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data collected |
6214 information about working with phases. |
4790 +during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a statistical |
|
4791 text report generated from the profiling data. The profiling is done |
|
4792 using lsprof. |
|
4793 .INDENT 0.0 |
6215 .INDENT 0.0 |
4794 @@ -1091,9 +982,9 @@ |
6216 .TP |
4795 Defines subrepositories source locations rewriting rules of the form: |
6217 @@ -1181,8 +1068,8 @@ |
6218 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named \fBls\fP), and a sampling |
|
6219 profiler (named \fBstat\fP). |
|
6220 .sp |
|
6221 -In this section description, \(aqprofiling data\(aq stands for the raw data |
|
6222 -collected during profiling, while \(aqprofiling report\(aq stands for a |
|
6223 +In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data |
|
6224 +collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a |
|
6225 statistical text report generated from the profiling data. The |
|
6226 profiling is done using lsprof. |
|
6227 .INDENT 0.0 |
|
6228 @@ -1195,7 +1082,7 @@ |
|
6229 .TP |
|
6230 .B \fBls\fP |
|
6231 .sp |
|
6232 -Use Python\(aqs built\-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler |
|
6233 +Use Python's built\-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler |
|
6234 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the |
|
6235 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to |
|
6236 identify the expensive parts of a non\-trivial function. |
|
6237 @@ -1239,7 +1126,7 @@ |
|
6238 .UNINDENT |
|
6239 .SS \fBrevsetalias\fP |
|
6240 .sp |
|
6241 -Alias definitions for revsets. See \%\fBhg help revsets\fP\: for details. |
|
6242 +Alias definitions for revsets. See \fBhg help revsets\fP for details. |
|
6243 .SS \fBserver\fP |
|
6244 .sp |
|
6245 Controls generic server settings. |
|
6246 @@ -1300,7 +1187,7 @@ |
|
6247 .TP |
|
6248 .B \fBlocal_hostname\fP |
|
6249 .sp |
|
6250 -Optional. It\(aqs the hostname that the sender can use to identify |
|
6251 +Optional. It's the hostname that the sender can use to identify |
|
6252 itself to the MTA. |
|
6253 .UNINDENT |
|
6254 .SS \fBsubpaths\fP |
|
6255 @@ -1310,9 +1197,9 @@ |
|
6256 rewrite rules of the form: |
|
4796 .sp |
6257 .sp |
4797 .nf |
6258 .nf |
4798 -.ft C |
6259 -.ft C |
4799 +.ft |
6260 +.ft |
4800 <pattern> = <replacement> |
6261 <pattern> = <replacement> |
4801 -.ft P |
6262 -.ft P |
4802 +.ft |
6263 +.ft |
4803 .fi |
6264 .fi |
4804 .sp |
6265 .sp |
4805 Where \fBpattern\fP is a regular expression matching the source and |
6266 where \fBpattern\fP is a regular expression matching a subrepository |
4806 @@ -1102,9 +993,9 @@ |
6267 @@ -1321,9 +1208,9 @@ |
4807 instance: |
6268 \fBreplacements\fP. For instance: |
4808 .sp |
6269 .sp |
4809 .nf |
6270 .nf |
4810 -.ft C |
6271 -.ft C |
4811 +.ft |
6272 +.ft |
4812 http://server/(.*)\-hg/ = http://hg.server/\e1/ |
6273 http://server/(.*)\-hg/ = http://hg.server/\e1/ |
4813 -.ft P |
6274 -.ft P |
4814 +.ft |
6275 +.ft |
4815 .fi |
6276 .fi |
4816 .sp |
6277 .sp |
4817 rewrites \fBhttp://server/foo\-hg/\fP into \fBhttp://hg.server/foo/\fP. |
6278 rewrites \fBhttp://server/foo\-hg/\fP into \fBhttp://hg.server/foo/\fP. |
4818 @@ -1112,8 +1003,8 @@ |
6279 @@ -1334,7 +1221,7 @@ |
4819 All patterns are applied in definition order. |
|
4820 .SS \fBtrusted\fP |
6280 .SS \fBtrusted\fP |
4821 .sp |
6281 .sp |
4822 -Mercurial will not use the settings in the |
6282 Mercurial will not use the settings in the |
4823 -\fB.hg/hgrc\fP file from a repository if it doesn\(aqt belong to a trusted |
6283 -\fB.hg/hgrc\fP file from a repository if it doesn\(aqt belong to a trusted |
4824 +Mercurial will not use the settings in the \fB.hg/hgrc\fP file from a |
6284 +\fB.hg/hgrc\fP file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted |
4825 +repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted |
|
4826 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary |
6285 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary |
4827 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring |
6286 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring |
4828 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However, |
6287 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However, |
4829 @@ -1144,7 +1035,7 @@ |
6288 @@ -1365,7 +1252,7 @@ |
4830 .sp |
6289 .sp |
4831 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data |
6290 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data |
4832 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created |
6291 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created |
4833 -by the \%\fBhg archive\fP\: command or downloaded via hgweb. |
6292 -by the \%\fBhg archive\fP\: command or downloaded via hgweb. |
4834 +by the \fBhg archive\fP command or downloaded via hgweb. |
6293 +by the \fBhg archive\fP command or downloaded via hgweb. |
4835 Default is True. |
6294 Default is True. |
4836 .TP |
6295 .TP |
4837 .B \fBaskusername\fP |
6296 .B \fBaskusername\fP |
4838 @@ -1172,7 +1063,7 @@ |
6297 @@ -1393,7 +1280,7 @@ |
4839 .TP |
6298 .TP |
4840 .B \fBfallbackencoding\fP |
6299 .B \fBfallbackencoding\fP |
4841 .sp |
6300 .sp |
4842 -Encoding to try if it\(aqs not possible to decode the changelog using |
6301 -Encoding to try if it\(aqs not possible to decode the changelog using |
4843 +Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using |
6302 +Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using |
4844 UTF\-8. Default is ISO\-8859\-1. |
6303 UTF\-8. Default is ISO\-8859\-1. |
4845 .TP |
6304 .TP |
4846 .B \fBignore\fP |
6305 .B \fBignore\fP |
4847 @@ -1182,7 +1073,7 @@ |
6306 @@ -1416,7 +1303,7 @@ |
4848 option supports hook syntax, so if you want to specify multiple |
|
4849 ignore files, you can do so by setting something like |
|
4850 \fBignore.other = ~/.hgignore2\fP. For details of the ignore file |
|
4851 -format, see the \%\fBhgignore\fP(5)\: man page. |
|
4852 +format, see the \fBhgignore\fP(5) man page. |
|
4853 .TP |
|
4854 .B \fBinteractive\fP |
|
4855 .sp |
|
4856 @@ -1195,8 +1086,8 @@ |
|
4857 .B \fBmerge\fP |
6307 .B \fBmerge\fP |
4858 .sp |
6308 .sp |
4859 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge. |
6309 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge. |
4860 -For more information on merge tools see \%\fBhg help merge\-tools\fP\:. |
6310 -For more information on merge tools see \%\fBhg help merge\-tools\fP\:. |
4861 -For configuring merge tools see the \%merge\-tools\: section. |
|
4862 +For more information on merge tools see \fBhg help merge\-tools\fP. |
6311 +For more information on merge tools see \fBhg help merge\-tools\fP. |
4863 +For configuring merge tools see the merge\-tools section. |
6312 For configuring merge tools see the \fB[merge\-tools]\fP section. |
4864 .TP |
6313 .TP |
4865 .B \fBpatch\fP |
6314 .B \fBportablefilenames\fP |
4866 .sp |
6315 @@ -1425,7 +1312,7 @@ |
4867 @@ -1252,7 +1143,7 @@ |
6316 Default is \fBwarn\fP. |
6317 If set to \fBwarn\fP (or \fBtrue\fP), a warning message is printed on POSIX |
|
6318 platforms, if a file with a non\-portable filename is added (e.g. a file |
|
6319 -with a name that can\(aqt be created on Windows because it contains reserved |
|
6320 +with a name that can't be created on Windows because it contains reserved |
|
6321 parts like \fBAUX\fP, reserved characters like \fB:\fP, or would cause a case |
|
6322 collision with an existing file). |
|
6323 If set to \fBignore\fP (or \fBfalse\fP), no warning is printed. |
|
6324 @@ -1486,7 +1373,7 @@ |
|
4868 .B \fBusername\fP |
6325 .B \fBusername\fP |
4869 .sp |
6326 .sp |
4870 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit". |
6327 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit". |
4871 -Typically a person\(aqs name and email address, e.g. \fBFred Widget |
6328 -Typically a person\(aqs name and email address, e.g. \fBFred Widget |
4872 +Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. \fBFred Widget |
6329 +Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. \fBFred Widget |
4873 <[email protected]>\fP. Default is \fB$EMAIL\fP or \fBusername@hostname\fP. If |
6330 <[email protected]>\fP. Default is \fB$EMAIL\fP or \fBusername@hostname\fP. If |
4874 the username in hgrc is empty, it has to be specified manually or |
6331 the username in hgrc is empty, it has to be specified manually or |
4875 in a different hgrc file (e.g. \fB$HOME/.hgrc\fP, if the admin set |
6332 in a different hgrc file (e.g. \fB$HOME/.hgrc\fP, if the admin set |
4876 @@ -1266,7 +1157,7 @@ |
6333 @@ -1500,7 +1387,7 @@ |
4877 .SS \fBweb\fP |
6334 .SS \fBweb\fP |
4878 .sp |
6335 .sp |
4879 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to |
6336 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to |
4880 -both the builtin webserver (started by \%\fBhg serve\fP\:) and the script you |
6337 -both the builtin webserver (started by \%\fBhg serve\fP\:) and the script you |
4881 +both the builtin webserver (started by \fBhg serve\fP) and the script you |
6338 +both the builtin webserver (started by \fBhg serve\fP) and the script you |
4882 run through a webserver (\fBhgweb.cgi\fP and the derivatives for FastCGI |
6339 run through a webserver (\fBhgweb.cgi\fP and the derivatives for FastCGI |
4883 and WSGI). |
6340 and WSGI). |
4884 .sp |
6341 .sp |
4885 @@ -1282,9 +1173,9 @@ |
6342 @@ -1516,9 +1403,9 @@ |
4886 command line: |
6343 command line: |
4887 .sp |
6344 .sp |
4888 .nf |
6345 .nf |
4889 -.ft C |
6346 -.ft C |
4890 +.ft |
6347 +.ft |
4892 -.ft P |
6349 -.ft P |
4893 +.ft |
6350 +.ft |
4894 .fi |
6351 .fi |
4895 .sp |
6352 .sp |
4896 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and |
6353 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and |
4897 @@ -1363,7 +1254,7 @@ |
6354 @@ -1612,13 +1499,13 @@ |
4898 with these certificates. The form must be as follows: |
6355 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify \fB\-\-insecure\fP from |
6356 command line. |
|
6357 .sp |
|
6358 -You can use OpenSSL\(aqs CA certificate file if your platform has |
|
6359 +You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has |
|
6360 one. On most Linux systems this will be |
|
6361 \fB/etc/ssl/certs/ca\-certificates.crt\fP. Otherwise you will have to |
|
6362 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows: |
|
4899 .sp |
6363 .sp |
4900 .nf |
6364 .nf |
4901 -.ft C |
6365 -.ft C |
4902 +.ft |
6366 +.ft |
4903 \-\-\-\-\-BEGIN CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\- |
6367 \-\-\-\-\-BEGIN CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\- |
4904 \&... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
6368 \&... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
4905 \-\-\-\-\-END CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\- |
6369 \-\-\-\-\-END CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\- |
4906 @@ -1370,7 +1261,7 @@ |
6370 @@ -1625,7 +1512,7 @@ |
4907 \-\-\-\-\-BEGIN CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\- |
6371 \-\-\-\-\-BEGIN CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\- |
4908 \&... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
6372 \&... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
4909 \-\-\-\-\-END CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\- |
6373 \-\-\-\-\-END CERTIFICATE\-\-\-\-\- |
4910 -.ft P |
6374 -.ft P |
4911 +.ft |
6375 +.ft |
4912 .fi |
6376 .fi |
4913 .sp |
6377 .TP |
4914 This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later. If you wish |
6378 .B \fBcache\fP |
4915 @@ -1378,7 +1269,7 @@ |
6379 @@ -1679,7 +1566,7 @@ |
4916 version of the ssl library that is available from |
|
4917 \fBhttp://pypi.python.org\fP. |
|
4918 .sp |
|
4919 -You can use OpenSSL\(aqs CA certificate file if your platform has one. |
|
4920 +You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has one. |
|
4921 On most Linux systems this will be \fB/etc/ssl/certs/ca\-certificates.crt\fP. |
|
4922 Otherwise you will have to generate this file manually. |
|
4923 .sp |
|
4924 @@ -1422,7 +1313,7 @@ |
|
4925 .TP |
6380 .TP |
4926 .B \fBdescription\fP |
6381 .B \fBdescription\fP |
4927 .sp |
6382 .sp |
4928 -Textual description of the repository\(aqs purpose or contents. |
6383 -Textual description of the repository\(aqs purpose or contents. |
4929 +Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents. |
6384 +Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents. |
4930 Default is "unknown". |
6385 Default is "unknown". |
4931 .TP |
6386 .TP |
4932 .B \fBencoding\fP |
6387 .B \fBencoding\fP |
4933 @@ -1462,7 +1353,7 @@ |
6388 @@ -1731,7 +1618,7 @@ |
4934 .TP |
6389 .TP |
4935 .B \fBprefix\fP |
6390 .B \fBprefix\fP |
4936 .sp |
6391 .sp |
4937 -Prefix path to serve from. Default is \(aq\(aq (server root). |
6392 -Prefix path to serve from. Default is \(aq\(aq (server root). |
4938 +Prefix path to serve from. Default is '' (server root). |
6393 +Prefix path to serve from. Default is '' (server root). |
4939 .TP |
6394 .TP |
4940 .B \fBpush_ssl\fP |
6395 .B \fBpush_ssl\fP |
4941 .sp |
6396 .sp |
4942 @@ -1491,15 +1382,15 @@ |
6397 @@ -1760,15 +1647,15 @@ |
4943 .UNINDENT |
6398 .UNINDENT |
4944 .SH AUTHOR |
6399 .SH AUTHOR |
4945 .sp |
6400 .sp |
4946 -Bryan O\(aqSullivan <\%[email protected]\:>. |
6401 -Bryan O\(aqSullivan <\%[email protected]\:>. |
4947 +Bryan O'Sullivan <[email protected]>. |
6402 +Bryan O'Sullivan <[email protected]>. |
4954 +\fBhg\fP(1), \fBhgignore\fP(5) |
6409 +\fBhg\fP(1), \fBhgignore\fP(5) |
4955 .SH COPYING |
6410 .SH COPYING |
4956 .sp |
6411 .sp |
4957 -This manual page is copyright 2005 Bryan O\(aqSullivan. |
6412 -This manual page is copyright 2005 Bryan O\(aqSullivan. |
4958 +This manual page is copyright 2005 Bryan O'Sullivan. |
6413 +This manual page is copyright 2005 Bryan O'Sullivan. |
4959 Mercurial is copyright 2005\-2010 Matt Mackall. |
6414 Mercurial is copyright 2005\-2012 Matt Mackall. |
4960 Free use of this software is granted under the terms of the GNU General |
6415 Free use of this software is granted under the terms of the GNU General |
4961 Public License version 2 or any later version. |
6416 Public License version 2 or any later version. |